US20010034333A1 - Cyclodextrin polymer compositions for use as drug carriers - Google Patents

Cyclodextrin polymer compositions for use as drug carriers Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20010034333A1
US20010034333A1 US09/775,011 US77501101A US2001034333A1 US 20010034333 A1 US20010034333 A1 US 20010034333A1 US 77501101 A US77501101 A US 77501101A US 2001034333 A1 US2001034333 A1 US 2001034333A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
cyclodextrin
polymer
group
coupling
molecules
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US09/775,011
Inventor
Kenneth Kosak
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Individual
Original Assignee
Individual
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Individual filed Critical Individual
Priority to US09/775,011 priority Critical patent/US20010034333A1/en
Publication of US20010034333A1 publication Critical patent/US20010034333A1/en
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Classifications

    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K47/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
    • A61K47/50—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates
    • A61K47/69—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the conjugate being characterised by physical or galenical forms, e.g. emulsion, particle, inclusion complex, stent or kit
    • A61K47/6949—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the conjugate being characterised by physical or galenical forms, e.g. emulsion, particle, inclusion complex, stent or kit inclusion complexes, e.g. clathrates, cavitates or fullerenes
    • A61K47/6951—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the conjugate being characterised by physical or galenical forms, e.g. emulsion, particle, inclusion complex, stent or kit inclusion complexes, e.g. clathrates, cavitates or fullerenes using cyclodextrin
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K9/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
    • A61K9/10—Dispersions; Emulsions
    • A61K9/107—Emulsions ; Emulsion preconcentrates; Micelles
    • A61K9/1075—Microemulsions or submicron emulsions; Preconcentrates or solids thereof; Micelles, e.g. made of phospholipids or block copolymers
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K9/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
    • A61K9/48—Preparations in capsules, e.g. of gelatin, of chocolate
    • A61K9/50—Microcapsules having a gas, liquid or semi-solid filling; Solid microparticles or pellets surrounded by a distinct coating layer, e.g. coated microspheres, coated drug crystals
    • A61K9/51—Nanocapsules; Nanoparticles
    • A61K9/5107—Excipients; Inactive ingredients
    • A61K9/513—Organic macromolecular compounds; Dendrimers
    • A61K9/5161—Polysaccharides, e.g. alginate, chitosan, cellulose derivatives; Cyclodextrin
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K9/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
    • A61K9/48—Preparations in capsules, e.g. of gelatin, of chocolate
    • A61K9/50—Microcapsules having a gas, liquid or semi-solid filling; Solid microparticles or pellets surrounded by a distinct coating layer, e.g. coated microspheres, coated drug crystals
    • A61K9/51—Nanocapsules; Nanoparticles
    • A61K9/5192—Processes
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B82—NANOTECHNOLOGY
    • B82Y—SPECIFIC USES OR APPLICATIONS OF NANOSTRUCTURES; MEASUREMENT OR ANALYSIS OF NANOSTRUCTURES; MANUFACTURE OR TREATMENT OF NANOSTRUCTURES
    • B82Y5/00—Nanobiotechnology or nanomedicine, e.g. protein engineering or drug delivery
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08B—POLYSACCHARIDES; DERIVATIVES THEREOF
    • C08B37/00—Preparation of polysaccharides not provided for in groups C08B1/00 - C08B35/00; Derivatives thereof
    • C08B37/0006—Homoglycans, i.e. polysaccharides having a main chain consisting of one single sugar, e.g. colominic acid
    • C08B37/0009—Homoglycans, i.e. polysaccharides having a main chain consisting of one single sugar, e.g. colominic acid alpha-D-Glucans, e.g. polydextrose, alternan, glycogen; (alpha-1,4)(alpha-1,6)-D-Glucans; (alpha-1,3)(alpha-1,4)-D-Glucans, e.g. isolichenan or nigeran; (alpha-1,4)-D-Glucans; (alpha-1,3)-D-Glucans, e.g. pseudonigeran; Derivatives thereof
    • C08B37/0012—Cyclodextrin [CD], e.g. cycle with 6 units (alpha), with 7 units (beta) and with 8 units (gamma), large-ring cyclodextrin or cycloamylose with 9 units or more; Derivatives thereof

Definitions

  • This invention discloses methods for preparing compositions of cyclodextrin polymers for carrying drugs and other active agents for therapeutic, medical or other uses. Methods are also disclosed for preparing cyclodextrin polymer carriers that release drugs and other active agents under controlled conditions. The invention also discloses methods for preparing compositions of cyclodextrin polymer carriers that are coupled to biorecognition molecules for targeting the delivery of drugs and other active agents to their site of action.
  • the cyclodextrin polymer carriers of the instant invention overcome these problems and provide the new function of controlled release of drugs, which is not disclosed or suggested by the prior art.
  • a cyclodextrin polymer carrier comprises a cyclodextrin polymer that has a nucleic acid or other active agent completely entrapped within it.
  • the water-soluble (or colloidal) cyclodextrin polymers of the instant invention overcome the problem of low carrying capacity of individual cyclodextrins. Also, by complete entrapment of the guest molecules, the problem of losing drug or other active agent by diffusion when diluted in vivo, is solved. In another embodiment, the invention also provides a means for controlled release of the entrapped drug in vivo, which was not possible in the prior art of cyclodextrins.
  • the invention also provides a means for targeting the cyclodextrin polymer carrier by coupling it to a biorecognition molecule.
  • Drugs can be used that are designed for efficacy without solubility or conjugation requirements.
  • Drugs can be delivered as macromolecules and released within the cell.
  • Drugs can be targeted by coupling the carrier to biorecognition molecules.
  • CD polymer carriers can be used in many fields of medicine to deliver therapeutic drugs and other active agents through a variety of routes including orally, nasally and parenterally. Other routes include various applications for delivery through ocular membranes and mucosal membranes, including the use of electric charge as in iontophoresis.
  • Active agents function as the preferred guest molecules of the instant invention.
  • Active agents that are preferred in the instant invention are chemicals and other substances that can form an inclusion complex with a cyclodextrin or cyclodextrin polymer and are inhibitory, antimetabolic, therapeutic or preventive toward any disease (i.e. cancer, syphilis, gonorrhea, influenza and heart disease) or inhibitory or toxic toward any disease causing agent.
  • Preferred active agents are any therapeutic drugs categorized in The Merck Index, Eleventh Ed., Merck & Co. Inc., Rahway N.J. (1989) and those listed by Cserhati, T., Anal.Biochem. 225(2), 328-332 (1995).
  • Active agents include but are not limited to therapeutic drugs that include prodrugs, anticancer drugs, antineoplastic drugs, antifungal drugs, antibacterial drugs, antiviral drugs, cardiac drugs, neurological drugs, and drugs of abuse; alkaloids (i.e. camptothecins), antibiotics, bioactive peptides, steroids, steroid hormones, polypeptide hormones, interferons, interleukins, narcotics, nucleic acids including antisense oligonucleotides, pesticides and prostaglandins.
  • therapeutic drugs include prodrugs, anticancer drugs, antineoplastic drugs, antifungal drugs, antibacterial drugs, antiviral drugs, cardiac drugs, neurological drugs, and drugs of abuse; alkaloids (i.e. camptothecins), antibiotics, bioactive peptides, steroids, steroid hormones, polypeptide hormones, interferons, interleukins, narcotics, nucleic acids including antisense oligonucleotides, pesticides
  • Active agents also include any toxins including aflatoxins, ricins, bungarotoxins, iotecan, ganciclovir, furosemide, indomethacin, chlorpromazine, methotrexate, cevine derivatives and analogs including verines, desatrines, and veratridine, among others. Also included but are not limited to, are;
  • flavone derivatives and analogs including dihydroxyflavones (chrysins), trihydroxyflavones (apigenins), pentahydroxyflavones (morins), hexahydroxyflavones (myricetins), flavyliums, quercetins, fisetins;
  • antibiotics including derivatives and analogs such as penicillin derivatives (i.e. ampicillin), anthracyclines (i.e. doxorubicin, daunorubicin, mitoxantrone), butoconazole, camptothecin, chalcomycin, chartreusin, chrysomicins (V and M), chloramphenicol, chlorotetracyclines, clomocyclines, cyclosporins, ellipticines, filipins, fungichromins, griseofulvin, griseoviridin, guamecyclines, macrolides (i.e.
  • amphotericins chlorothricin
  • methicillins methicillins
  • nystatins chrymutasins
  • elsamicin gilvocarin
  • ravidomycin lankacidin-group antibiotics (i.e. lankamycin), mitomycin, teramycins, tetracyclines;
  • various anti-microbials including reserpine, spironolactone, sulfacetarnide sodium, sulphonamide, thiamphenicols, thiolutins;
  • various steroidal compounds such as cortisones, estradiols, hydrocortisone, testosterones, prednisolones, progesterones, dexamethasones, beclomethasones and other methasone derivatives, other steroid derivatives and analogs including cholesterols, digitoxins, digoxins, digoxigenins;
  • antineoplastic agents or cell growth inhibitors such as cisplatins and taxanes including paclitaxel and docetaxel;
  • benzene derivatives including amino-benzoic acid, bromobenzoic acid, benzocaine, benzodiazepines, benzothiazide, butyl-p-aminobenzoate;
  • Other active agents include, but are not limited to, diphenyl hydantoin, adiphenine, anethole, aspirin, azopropazone, bencyclane, chloralhydrate, chlorambucil, chlorpromazine, chlorogenin, cinnamic acid, clofibrate, coenzyme A, cyclohexyl anthranilate, diazepam, flufenamic acid, fluocinolone acetonide, flurbiprofen, guaiazulene, ibuprofen, indican, indomethacin, iodine, ketoprofen, mefanamic acid, menadione, metronidazole, nitrazepam, phenytoin, propylparaben, proscillaridin, quinolone, thalidomide, thiamine dilaurylsulphate, thiopental, triamcinolone, vitamins
  • anti-viral drugs include those against any DNA and RNA viruses, AIDS, HIV and hepatitis viruses, adenoviruses, alphaviruses, arenaviruses, coronaviruses, flaviviruses, herpesviruses, myxoviruses, oncornaviruses, papovaviruses, paramyxoviruses, parvoviruses, picornaviruses, poxviruses, reoviruses, rhabdoviruses, rhinoviruses, togaviruses and viriods; any anti-bacterial drugs, nucleic acids and other anti-bacterial substances including those against gram-negative and gram-positive bacteria, acinetobacter, achromobacter, bacteroides, clostridium, chlamydia, enterobacteria, haemophilus, lactobacillus, neisseria
  • nucleic acids are preferred as a specific class of active agents directed against viral and other microbial diseases, against cancers, autoimmune and genetic diseases.
  • Specific nucleic acid active agents include any anti-bacterial, anti-cancer, anti-fungal, anti-viral, anti-parasitic and anti-protozoan nucleic acids. They also include specific DNA sequences used for gene therapy.
  • Nucleic add active agents include all types of RNA (including messenger RNA), all types of DNA, and oligonucleotides including probes and primers used in the polymerase chain reaction (PCR), hybridizations or DNA sequencing. Also preferred are phosphodiester sense or antisense oligonudeotides, sense or antisense oligodeoxynucleotides (ODN) and any sense or antisense oligonucleotides or oligodeoxynucleotides where the sugar-phosphate “backbone” has been derivatized or replaced with “backbone analogues” or linkages such as with phosphorothioates, phosphorodithioates, phosphoroamidates, alkyl phosphotriesters, or methylphosphonates.
  • ODN sense or antisense oligonudeotides
  • ODN phosphodiester sense or antisense oligonudeotides
  • ODN phosphodiester sense or antisense oligonudeot
  • any sense or antisense oligonudeotides or oligodeoxynucleotides with non-phosphorous backbone analogues or linkages such as sulfamates, 3′-thioformacetals, methylene(methylimino), 3′-N-carbamates, or morpholino carbamates.
  • nucleotide mimics or co-oligomers like phosphoric add ester nucleic adds (PHONA), disclosed by Peyman, et al., Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl. 36:2809-2812 (1997).
  • biocleavable linkages are defined as types of specific chemical moieties or groups used within the chemical substances that covalently or non-covalently couple and cross-link the cyclodextrin polymer carriers. They are contained in certain embodiments of the instant invention that provide the function of controlled release of an entrapped drug or other active agent. Biocleavable linkages or bonds are defined here under distinct categories or types.
  • One category comprises the disulfide linkages and ester bonds that are well known for covalently coupling drugs to polymers. For drug delivery, they may be more useful for shorter periods in vivo since they are cleaved in the bloodstream relatively easily. Ester bonds include those between any acid and alcohol, and imidoesters formed from alkyl imidates.
  • Another category comprises linkages or bonds that are more specifically cleaved after entering the cell (intracellular cleavage).
  • the preferred linkages for release of drugs within the cell are cleavable in acidic conditions like those found in lysosomes.
  • One example is an acid-sensitive (or acid-labile) hydrazone linkage as described by Greenfield, et al, Cancer Res. 50, 6600-6607 (1990), and references therein.
  • certain natural or synthetic polypeptide linkages that contain certain amino acid sequences (i.e. usually hydrophobic) that are cleaved by specific enzymes such as cathepsins, found primarily inside the cell.
  • Other linkage sequences included are leucine enkephalin derivatives such as Tyr-Gly-Gly-Phe-Leu, and the like.
  • biocleavable linkage is any “hindered” or “protected” disulfide bond that sterically inhibits attack from thiolate ions.
  • protected disulfide bonds are found in the coupling agents: S-4-succinnimdyl-oxycarbonyl- ⁇ -methyl benzyl thiosulfate (SMBT) and 4succninidyloxycarbonyl- ⁇ -methyl- ⁇ -(2-pyridyldithio) toluene (SMPT).
  • SPDB Another useful coupling agent resistant to reduction is SPDB disclosed by Worrell, et al., Anticancer Drug Design 1:179-188 (1986).
  • aryldithio thioimidates substituted with a methyl or phenyl group adjacent to the disulfide, which include ethyl S-acetyl 3-mercaptobutyrothioimidate (M-AMPT)and 3-(4-carboxyamidophenyldithio) proprionthioimidate (CDPT), disclosed by S. Arpicco, et al., Bioconj. Chem. 8 (3):327-337 (1997).
  • Another preferred category is certain linkages or bonds subject to hydrolysis that include various aldehyde bonds with amino or sulfhydryl groups.
  • amide bonds such as when N-hydroxysuccinimide ester (NHS ester) reacts with amines.
  • biorecognition molecules are those that bind to a specific biological substance or site.
  • the biological substance or site is considered the “target” of the biorecognition molecule that binds to it.
  • many drugs are “targeted” by coupling them to a biorecognition molecule that has a specific binding affinity for the cells, tissue or organism that the drug is intended for.
  • a biorecognition molecule is coupled to a cyclodextrin polymer carrier that is used to entrap the drug. Examples of biorecognition molecules are described below.
  • a ligand functions as a type of biorecognition molecule defined as a selectively bindable material that has a selective (or specific), affinity for another substance.
  • the ligand is recognized and bound by a usually, but not necessarily, larger specific binding body or “binding partner”, or “receptor”.
  • binding partner or “receptor”.
  • ligands suitable for targeting are antigens, haptens, biotin, biotin derivatives, lectins, galactosamine and fucosylamine moieties, receptors, substrates, coenzymes and cofactors among others.
  • a ligand When applied to the cyclodextrin polymers of this invention, a ligand includes an antigen or hapten that is capable of being bound by, or to, its corresponding antibody or fraction thereof. Also included are viral antigens or hemagglutinins and neuraminidases and nucleocapsids including those from any DNA and RNA viruses, AIDS, HIV and hepatitis viruses, adenoviruses, alphaviruses, arenaviruses, coronaviruses, flaviviruses, herpesviruses, myxoviruses, oncornaviruses, papovaviruses, paramyxoviruses, parvoviruses, picornaviruses, poxviruses, reoviruses, rhabdoviruses, rhinoviruses, togaviruses and viroids; any bacterial antigens including those of gram-negative and gram-positive bacteria, acinetobacter
  • ligands for biorecognition are certain vitamins (i.e. folic acid, B 12 ), steroids, prostaglandins, carbohydrates, lipids, antibiotics, drugs, digoxins, pesticides, narcotics, neuro-transmitters, and substances used or modified such that they function as ligands. Most preferred are certain proteins or protein fragments (i.e. hormones, toxins), and synthetic or natural polypeptides with cell affinity.
  • Ligands also include various substances with selective affinity for ligators that are produced through recombinant DNA, genetic and molecular engineering. Except when stated otherwise, ligands of the instant invention also include the ligands as defined by K. E. Rubenstein, et al, U.S. Pat. No. 3,817,837 (1974).
  • a ligator functions as a type of biorecognition molecule defined for this invention as a specific binding body or “partner” or “receptor”, that is usually, but not necessarily, larger than the ligand it can bind to. For the purposes of this invention, it is a specific substance or material or chemical or “reactant” that is capable of selective affinity binding with a specific ligand.
  • a ligator can be a protein such as an antibody, a nonprotein binding body or a “specific reactor.”
  • a ligator When applied to this invention, a ligator includes an antibody, which is defined to include all classes of antibodies, monoclonal antibodies, chimeric antibodies, Fab fractions, fragments and derivatives thereof. Under certain conditions, the instant invention is also applicable to using other substances as ligators. For instance, other ligators suitable for targeting include naturally occurring receptors, any hemagglutinins and cell membrane and nuclear derivatives that bind specifically to hormones, vitamins, drugs, antibiotics, cancer markers, genetic markers, viruses, and histocompatibility markers. Another group of ligators includes any RNA and DNA binding substances such as polyethylenimine (PEI) and polypeptides or proteins such as histones and protamines.
  • PEI polyethylenimine
  • Other ligators also include enzymes, especially cell surface enzymes such as neuraminidases, plasma proteins, avidins, streptavidins, chalones, cavitands, thyroglobulin, intrinsic factor, globulins, chelators, surfactants, organometallic substances, staphylococcal protein A, protein G, ribosomes, bacteriophages, cytochromes, lectins, certain resins, and organic polymers.
  • enzymes especially cell surface enzymes such as neuraminidases, plasma proteins, avidins, streptavidins, chalones, cavitands, thyroglobulin, intrinsic factor, globulins, chelators, surfactants, organometallic substances, staphylococcal protein A, protein G, ribosomes, bacteriophages, cytochromes, lectins, certain resins, and organic polymers.
  • Preferred biorecognition molecules also include various substances such as any proteins, protein fragments or polypeptides with affinity for the surface of any cells, tissues or microorganisms that are produced through recombinant DNA, genetic and molecular engineering.
  • any suitable membrane transfer proteins such as TAT, from HIV virus.
  • nucleic acids can function as biorecognition molecules.
  • a nucleic acid biorecognition molecule is defined as any nucleic acid sequence from any source that is coupled to the cyclodextrin polymer carrier for targeting a specific type of microbe, cell or tissue.
  • Preferred nucleic acid biorecognition molecules are sequences that “recognize” or hybridize with a disease-specific nucleic acid sequence (i.e. mRNA or DNA) found within a target cell, as described by Z. Ma, et al., PNAS 97, 11159-11163 (2000).
  • a CD carrier containing a suitable active agent or, a CD catalytic agent of this invention, would be coupled to a suitable nucleic acid that recognized a disease-specific sequence in a cell.
  • Nucleic acid biorecognition molecules include all types of RNA, all types of DNA, and oligonucleotides including probes and primers used in the polymerase chain reaction (PCR), or DNA sequencing. Also included are synthetic nucleic acid polymers and peptide nucleic acids (PNA) disclosed by Egholm, et al, Nature 365:566-568(1993) and references therein, including PNA clamps (Nucleic Acids Res. 23:217(1995)). Also included are DNA and/or RNA fragments, and derivatives from any tissue, cells, nuclei, chromosomes, cytoplasm, mitochondria, ribosomes, and other cellular sources.
  • PNA peptide nucleic acids
  • a cyclodextrin is an oligosaccharide composed of glucose monomers coupled together to form a conical hollow molecule with a hydrophobic interior or cavity.
  • the cyclodextrins of the instant invention can be any suitable cyclodextrin, including alpha-, beta-, and gamma-cyclodextrins, and their combinations, analogs, isomers, and derivatives. They function as components in the synthesis of the cyclodextrin polymer carriers of the instant invention.
  • references to a cyclodextrin “complex”, means a noncovalent inclusion complex.
  • An inclusion complex is defined herein as a cyclodextrin functioning as a “host” molecule, combined with one or more “guest” molecules that are contained or bound, wholly or partially, within the hydrophobic cavity of the cyclodextrin or its derivative.
  • cyclodextrin dimers, trimers and polymers containing cyclodextrin derivatives such as carboxymethyl CD, glucosyl CD, maltosyl CD, hydroxypropyl cyclodextrins (HPCD), 2-hydroxypropyl cyclodextrins, 2,3-dihydroxypropyl cyclodextrins (DHPCD), sulfobutylether cyclodextrins (SBECD), ethylated and methylated cyclodextrins.
  • cyclodextrin dimers, trimers and polymers containing cyclodextrin derivatives such as carboxymethyl CD, glucosyl CD, maltosyl CD, hydroxypropyl cyclodextrins (HPCD), 2-hydroxypropyl cyclodextrins, 2,3-dihydroxypropyl cyclodextrins (DHPCD), sulfobutylether cyclod
  • oxidized cyclodextrins that provide aldehydes and any oxidized forms of any cyclodextrn polymers or derivatives that provide aldehydes.
  • suitable derivatives are disclosed by Pitha, J., et al, J. Pharm. Sci. 75, 165-167 (1986) and Pitha, J., et al, Int. J. Pharmaceut. 29, 73-82 (1986).
  • any amphiphilic CD derivatives such as those disclosed by Y. Kawabata, et al., Chem. Lett. p1933 (1986), K Chmurski, et al., Langmuir 12, 4046 (1996), P. Zhang, et al., Tetr. Lett. 32, No.24, 2769 (1991), P. Zhang, et al., J. Phys. Org. Chem. 5, 518 (1992), M. Tanaka, et al., Chem. Lett. p1307 (1987), S. Taneva, et aL, Langmuir 5, 111 (1989), M. Weisser, et al., J. Phys. Chem.
  • individual cyclodextrin (CD-monomer) derivatives function as the primary building structures, or components, or units used to synthesize the water-soluble (or colloidal) cyclodextrin polymer carriers.
  • certain preferred CD dimers, and trimers of this invention are not used as building units for polymers and can function as drug carriers or excipients without additional crosslinking.
  • a cyclodextrin dimer is defined as two cyclodextrin molecules covalently coupled or cross-linked together to enable cooperative complexing with a guest molecule.
  • CD dimers that can be derivatized and used in the drug carriers of this invention, are described by; Breslow, R., et al, Amer. Chem. Soc. 111, 8296-8297 (1989); Breslow, R., et a, Amer. Chem. Soc. 105, 1390 (1983) and Fujita, K., et al, J. Chem. Soc., Chem. Commun., 1277 (1984).
  • a cyclodextrin trimer is defined as three cyclodextrin molecules covalently coupled or cross-linked together to enable cooperative complexing with a guest molecule.
  • a cyclodextrin polymer is defined as a unit of more than three cyclodextrin molecules covalently coupled or cross-linked together to enable cooperative complexing with several guest molecules.
  • a CD-block is defined as a CD dimer, trimer or polymer that is used as the primary component, or unit (i.e. building block) for additional crosslinking with other CD dimers, trimers or polymers to synthesize a CD polymer carrier.
  • this involves at least two crosslinking steps, where first the CD-blocks are prepared by crosslinking CD monomers and derivatized or activated for subsequent coupling. Then the CD-blocks are crosslinked in a second reaction to entrap the active agent in the final CD carrier composition.
  • An example of this method is given below.
  • preferred cyclodextrin dimer, trimer and polymer units or blocks are synthesized by covalently coupling through chemical groups such as through coupling agents generally not to exceed 50 angstroms in spacer length.
  • the synthesis of preferred cyclodextrin dimer, trimer and polymer units or CD blocks does not include the use of proteins or other “intermediate coupling substances” (defined below), which can be incorporated during final synthesis of the cyclodextrin polymer carrier.
  • Cooperative complexing means that in situations where the guest molecule is large enough, the member cyclodextrins of the CD dimer, trimer or polymer can each noncovalently complex with different parts of the same guest molecule, or with smaller guests, alternately complex with the same guest.
  • the prior art has disclosed dimers and polymers comprised of cyclodextrins of the same size.
  • An improved cyclodextrin dimer, trimer or polymer comprises combinations of different sized cyclodextrins to synthesize these units. These combinations may more effectively complex with guest molecules that have heterogeneous complexing sites.
  • Combinations for this invention can include the covalent coupling of an alpha CD with a beta CD, an alpha CD with a gamma CD, a beta CD with a gamma CD and polymers with various ratios of alpha, beta and gamma cyclodextrins.
  • a water-soluble (or colloidal) cyclodextrin polymer carrier is a new composition provided by the instant invention. It is defined herein as a polymer of cross-linked cyclodextrin derivatives that has the distinguishing property of having incorporated a drug or other active agent as a “captured guest”. The “capture” of the guest stabilizes the carrier complex and overcomes the problem in the prior art of the CD host and guest molecules separating by diffusion. Generally, the agent has also formed a noncovalent “inclusion complex”, or “inclusion compound” with the cyclodextrins of the polymer.
  • a self-assembled, or self-coupled or auto-assembled cyclodextrin polymer carrier is a new composition provided by the instant invention. It is defined herein as a water-soluble (or colloidal) polymer of cross-linked cyclodextrin derivatives that has the distinguishing property of having incorporated a drug or other active agent as a “captured guest”.
  • the “capture” of the guest also includes stabilizing the carrier complex and overcomes the problem in the prior art of the CD host and guest molecules separating by diffusion.
  • the capturing is accomplished through complete physical entrapment by the water-soluble (or colloidal) CD polymer carrier.
  • “completely entrapped” means that a captured guest is not covalently coupled to the polymer but is physically entrapped by the covalently cross-linked polymer of cyclodextrin molecules so that no significant amount of active agent can leave the polymer by diffusion or extraction.
  • Completely entrapped smaller guest molecules such as drugs and ligands are suitably “non-diffusable”, by being entrapped wholly within the polymer.
  • Completely entrapped larger guests such as proteins, polypeptides, and nucleic acids (DNA, RNA, oligonucleotides) are suitably non-diffusable by being entrapped wholly or partially so that the guest and polymer still cannot separate by diffusion.
  • Completely entrapped guests cannot escape until the polymer itself has been degraded or the covalent cross-link bonds are cleaved.
  • essentially all possible exit routes for the guest to leave the polymer have been closed by cross-linking. Therefore, additional guest molecules (of that size or larger) cannot enter the dosed polymer to be added to the cyclodextrin polymer carrier.
  • cyclodextrin polymer carriers of the instant invention.
  • the distinguishing principal of the method is that the guest molecules are completely entrapped during polymerization or during the final cross-linking step of making the polymer carrier.
  • guest molecules are mixed with the “open” components of the cyclodextrin polymer, which may comprise individual cyclodextrins (or derivatives), cyclodextrin dimers, trimers or an open cyclodextrin polymer.
  • An open cyclodextrin polymer means that the polymer is only partially cross-linked so that guest molecules can enter or associate with the polymer by diffusion and form complexes with member cyclodextrins.
  • the polymer is closed by additional covalent cross-linking which completely entraps the guests as defined previously.
  • controlled release is defined as the release of a captured guest from the CD polymer carrier only by cleavage of certain covalent linkages that were used to synthesize the carrier. This definition specifically excludes release by diffusion until said linkages are cleaved.
  • a targeted cyclodextrin (CD) polymer carrier is an embodiment of this invention composed of a water-soluble (or colloidal) cyclodextrin polymer carrier, or derivative described herein, that has a biorecognition molecule covalently coupled to its surface.
  • the biorecognition molecule is not an inclusion complex within the cyclodextrin carrier.
  • the carrier is thereby targeted through the specific binding properties of the biorecognition molecule coupled to the surface.
  • the functions of the biorecognition molecule and the targeted CD polymer carrier are not irreversibly or adversely inhibited.
  • the biorecognition molecule maintains specific binding properties that are functionally identical or homologous to those it had before coupling.
  • the biorecognition molecule is coupled through a suitable spacer to avoid steric hindrance.
  • Targeted cyclodextrin polymer carriers coupled to avidin and streptavidin are useful for subsequent noncovalent coupling to any suitable biotinylated substance.
  • cyclodextrin polymer carriers coupled to antibody can be noncovalently coupled to another antibody, or to a nucleic acid or other suitable substance that has the appropriate biorecognition properties.
  • Another useful cyclodextrin carrier comprises protein A, protein G, or any suitable lectin or polypeptide that has been covalently coupled to a cyclodextrin polymer carrier.
  • a biocleavable cross-linking agent comprises a new composition for facilitating the synthesis of drug carriers with controlled release.
  • it is comprised of a biocleavable sequence of amino acids between suitable compounds that comprise or contain amino-reactive or thiol-reactive coupling groups at each end for direct coupling to amino or sulfhydryl groups on an active agent or polymer.
  • any polypeptide compounds that contain the sequence Phe-Leu, Leu-Phe or Phe-Phe such as Gly-Phe-Leu, Gly-Leu-Phe, Gly-Phe-Leu-Gly, Gly-Phe-Leu-Phe-Gly and Gly-Phe-Phe-Gly, Gly-Phe-Leu-Gly-Lys, Lys-Gly-Phe-Leu-Gly-Lys and others that have either of the Gly residues substituted for one or more other peptides.
  • leucine enkephalin derivatives such as Tyr-Gly-Gly-Phe-Leu.
  • a preferred embodiment comprises a polypeptide with a biocleavable sequence as described, and also includes terminal compounds with coupling groups such as N-succinimidyl N-maleimidyl, iodoacetal, bromoacetal oxirane or imidoester coupling groups on each end.
  • one embodiment comprises a bifunctional coupling agent with a hydrazone linkage incorporated into it.
  • a bifunctional coupling agent with a hydrazone linkage incorporated into it.
  • it would comprise a hydrazone linkage between suitable compounds comprising aliphatic chains or aromatic groups that have terminal N-succinimidyl, N-maleimidyl, p-nitrophenyl ester (ONp), iodoacetal, bromoacetal oxirane or imidoester coupling groups on each end.
  • One example for synthesizing an acid-labile biocleavable coupling agent is to first react an excess of hydrazinobenzoic acid with glutaraldehyde to couple one hydrazinobenzoic acid at each end of the dialdehyde. This produces hydrazone linkages with terminal carboxyl groups at each end. The terminal carboxyl groups are then converted to N-succinimidyl ester groups.
  • One type of coupling can be through noncovalent, “attractive” binding as with a guest molecule and cyclodextrin, antigen and antibody or biotin and avidin.
  • Noncovalent coupling is binding between substances through ionic or hydrogen bonding or van der waals forces, and/or their hydrophobic or hydrophilic properties.
  • the preferred coupling used in the instant invention is through covalent, electron-pair bonds or linkages.
  • Many methods and agents for covalently coupling (or crosslinking) cyclodextrins and cyclodextrin derivatives are known and, with appropriate modification, can be used to couple the desired substances through their “functional groups” for use in this invention.
  • a functional group is defined here as a potentially reactive site on a substance where one or more atoms are available for covalent coupling to some other substance. When needed, functional groups can be added to various substances through derivatization or substitution reactions.
  • Examples of functional groups are aldehydes, allyls, amines, amides, azides, carboxyls, carbonyls, epoxys (oxiranes), ethynyls, hydroxyls, ketones, certain metals, nitrenes, phosphates, propargyls, sulfhydryls, sulfonyls, phenolic hydroxyls, indoles, bromines, chlorines, iodines, and others.
  • the prior art has shown that most, if not all of these functional groups can be incorporated into or added to cyclodextrins, biorecognition molecules, drugs, nucleic acids and support materials.
  • a coupling agent is defined as a chemical substance that produces and/or reacts with functional groups on a substance to produce covalent coupling, cross-linking, or conjugation with that substance. Because of the stability of covalent coupling, this is the preferred method.
  • the appropriate coupling agent is used to provide the necessary active functional group or to react with the functional group.
  • coupling agents are needed that provide a spacer between cross-linked cyclodextrins or between cyclodextrin and a biorecognition molecule to overcome steric hindrance.
  • the spacer is a substance of 4 or more carbon atoms in length and can include aliphatic, aromatic and heterocyclic structures.
  • Examples of energy activated coupling or cross-linking agents are ultraviolet (UV), visible and radioactive radiation that can promote coupling or crosslinking of suitably derivatized cyclodextrins.
  • Examples are photochemical coupling agents disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 4,737,454, among others.
  • Also useful in synthesizing components of the instant invention are enzymes that produce covalent coupling such as nucleic acid polymerases and ligases, among others.
  • cyclodextrin dimers, trimers and polymers are first prepared for use as the primary components, or CD-blocks to synthesize the cyclodextrin polymer carriers.
  • Useful derivatizing and/or coupling agents for preparing CD-blocks are bifunctional, trifunctional or polyfunctional crosslinking agents that will covalently couple to the hydroxyl groups of cyclodextrin.
  • Suitable derivatizing and/or coupling agents for hydroxyl groups are various disulfonyl compounds such as benzene-1,3-disulfonyl chloride and 4,4′-biphenyl disulfonyl chloride and also divinyl sulfone, among others.
  • Most preferred coupling agents are also chemical substances that can provide the bio-compatible linkages for synthesizing the cyclodextrin polymer carriers of the instant invention.
  • Covalent coupling or conjugation can be done through functional groups using coupling agents such as glutaraldehyde, formaldehyde, cyanogen bromide, azides, p-benzoquinone, maleic or succinic anhydrides, carbodiimides, epichlorohydrin, ethyl chloroformate, dipyridyl disulfide and polyaldehydes.
  • thiol-reactive derivatizing and/or coupling agents that couple to thiol groups
  • MBS m-maleimidobenzoyl-N-hydroxysuccinimide ester
  • SCC succinimidyl-4-(N-maleimidomethyl)cydohexane-1-carboxylate
  • SMPB succinimidyl 4-(p-maleimidophenyl)butyrate
  • DTEM dithiobis-N-ethylmaleimide
  • MPBM 1,1′-(methylenedi-4,1-phenylene) bismaleimide
  • MPBM o-phenylenebismaleimide
  • SIA N-succinimidyl iodoacetate
  • SB N-succinimidyl-(4-vinylsulfonyl) benzoate
  • TAEA Tris-(2-maleimidoethyl) amine
  • p-nitrophenyl ester p-nitrophenyl ester
  • bifunctional imidoesters such as dimethyl adipimidate (DMA), dimethyl pimelimidate (DMP), dimethyl suberimidate (DMS), methyl 4-mercaptobutyrimidate, dimethyl 3,3′-dithiobis-propionimidate (DTBP), and 2-iminothiolane (Traut's reagent)
  • DMA dimethyl adipimidate
  • DMP dimethyl pimelimidate
  • DMS dimethyl suberimidate
  • DTBP dimethyl 4-mercaptobutyrimidate
  • DTBP 3,3′-dithiobis-propionimidate
  • 2-iminothiolane Traut's reagent
  • bifunctional NHS esters such as disuccinimidyl suberate (DSS), bis[2-(succinimidooxycarbonyloxy)ethyl]sulfone (BSOCOES), disuccinimidyl (N,N′-diacetylhomocystein) (DSAH), disuccinimidyl tartrate (DST), dithiobis(succinimidyl propionate) (DSP), and ethylene glycol bis(succinimidyl succinate) (EGS), including various derivatives such as their sulfo-forms;
  • heterobifunctional reagents such as N-5-azido-2-nitrobenzoyloxysuccinimide (ANB-NOS), p-azidophenacyl bromide, p-azidophenylglyoxal, 4-fluoro-3-nitrophenyl azide (FNPA), N-hydroxysuccinimidyl-4azidobenzoate (HSAB), methyl-4-azidobenzoimidate (MABI), p-nitrophenyl 2-diazo-3,3,3-trifluoropropionate, N-succinimidyl-6(4′-azido-2′-nitrophenylamino) hexanoate (Lomant's reagent II), N-succinimidyl (4-azidophenyldithio)propionate (SADP), N-succinimidyl-3-(2-pyridyldithio)propionate (SPDP),
  • homobifunctional reagents such as 1,5-difluoro-2,4-dinitrobenzene, 4,4′-difluoro-3,3′-dinitrophenylsulfone, 4,4′-diisothiocyano-2,2′-disulfonic acid stilbene (DIDS), p-phenylenediisothiocyanate (DITC), carbonylbis(L-methionine p-nitrophenyl ester), 4,4′-dithiobisphenylazide and erythritolbiscarbonate, including various derivatives such as their sulfo- forms;
  • photoactive coupling agents such as N-5-azido-2-nitrobenzoylsuccinimide (ANB-NOS), p-azidophenacyl bromide (APB), p-azidophenyl glyoxal (APG), N-(4-azidophenylthio)phthalimide (APTP), 4,4′-dithio-bis-phenylazide (DTBPA), ethyl 4-azidophenyl-1,4-dithiobutyrimidate (EADB), 4-fluoro-3-nitrophenyl azide (FNPA), N-hydroxysuccinimidyl-4-azidobenzoate (HSAB), N-hydroxysuccinimidyl-4-azidosalicylic add (NHS-ASA), methyl-4-azidobenzoimidate (MABI), p-nitrophenyl-2-diazo-3,3,3-trifluoropropionate (PNP-
  • intermediate substances function as bio-compatible intermediates in being suitably nonimmunogenic and nonallergenic. Although intermediate substances may be degraded biologically, they are “biologically neutral” in that they essentially lack specific binding properties or biorecognition properties in their application.
  • the intermediate can function as a “spacer” (e.g. “spacer arm” of O'Carra, P., et al, FEBS Lett. 43, 169 (1974)), between the cyclodextrin derivatives being covalently coupled to overcome steric hindrance of subsequent binding reactions.
  • the intermediate can function as a polymer “backbone” to which many cyclodextrin dimers, trimers or polymers are covalently coupled to form a larger polymer.
  • the intermediate can be included with cyclodextrin derivatives as another monomer to be copolymerized with the cyclodextrin derivatives (i.e. heteropolymer), to provide improved structural properties, increase solubility or lower toxicity.
  • the intermediate substance may also provide the advantage of additional coupling sites and thereby increase the number of covalently coupled cyclodextrin derivatives within a polymer carrier.
  • the intermediate can also introduce certain other desirable properties, such as a positive or negative net charge, more efficient light energy transfer for photodynamic therapy.
  • the desired biorecognition molecule or other substance can be coupled to the available sites on the intermediate substance and is thereby coupled indirectly to the water-soluble cyclodextrin polymer carrier of the instant invention.
  • biologically neutral intermediate coupling substances are certain proteins, polypeptides, polyamino acids, serum albumins, glycoproteins, lipoproteins, nucleic acid polymers, DNA, RNA, amino sugars, glucosamines, polysaccharides, lipopolysaccharides, amino polysaccharides, polyglutamic acids, polylysines, polyacrylamides, nylons, poly(allylamines), lipids, glycolipids and suitable synthetic polymers, especially biopolymers, resins and surfactants, as well as suitable derivatives of these substances. Also included as suitable intermediate coupling substances are the polymers disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 4,645,646.
  • N-(2-hydroxypropyl)methacrylamide HPMA
  • HPMA derivatives poly cyanoacrylates such as poly(butyl cyanoacrylate), poly(isobutyl or isohexyl cyanoacrylate), polyethylene glycol (PEG), any PEG derivatives, poly (D,L-lactic-coglycolic acid) (PLGA), PLGA derivatives, dendrimers and poly (D,L-lactide)-block-methoxy-polyethylene glycol (Diblock).
  • ferrous or magnetic particles may be used to give cyclodextrin polymer carriers and other types of polymers (i.e. HPMA, PEG), magnetic properties (Ithakissios, D. S., Clin. Chim. Acta 84(1-2), 69-84, 1978).
  • HPMA cyclodextrin polymer carriers and other types of polymers
  • magnetic properties Ithakissios, D. S., Clin. Chim. Acta 84(1-2), 69-84, 1978.
  • the magnetic particles may be used to trigger a cytotoxic effect on cancer cells such as by vibrating them with alternating magnetic fields.
  • a cyclodextrin guest-linked agent or “CD guest-linked agent” comprises a new invention for facilitating the noncovalent coupling of CD polymers with drugs, proteins, DNA, ODNs and other active agents.
  • a CD guest-linked agent or simply “guest-linked agent” is comprised of an active agent covalently coupled to one or more molecules capable of forming an inclusion complex (“complex”) with a specific CD or CD polymer.
  • the inclusion complex between the CD and the GLA is preferably of higher affinity than between the CD and the active agent alone.
  • the GLA includes guest molecules (the CD linker or coupler), that have high affinity for a specific cyclodextrin.
  • these high affinity guest molecules ate those that fit more snugly or closely within the hydrophobic cavity of either alpha, beta or gamma cyclodextrin.
  • the most preferred guest molecules have association constants of 1 ⁇ 10 3 M ⁇ 1 or more.
  • preferred guest molecules for beta cyclodextrin include any suitable adamantane analogs or derivatives such as adamantane acetate (AAC), adamantane carboxylate (AC), 1-homoadamantanes (1-HAC), 3-homoadamantanes (3-HAC), 3-noradamantane carboxylate (NAC), norbornane acetate (NBA), 1-bicyclo[2.2.1]octanecarboxylate, 1-bicyclo-[2.2.1]heptane carboxylate, 1-bicyclo[2.2.1]heptene carboxylate; any suitable analogs or derivatives of cyclohexane such as cyclohexanecarboxylate, cyclohexane acetic acid; any suitable analogs or derivatives of cyclopentane such as cyclopentanecarboxylate; any suitable analogs or derivatives of benzene; any suitable analogs or derivatives of camphor; among others.
  • the GLA invention can be used to complex a drug such as doxorubicin (DOX) with a CD polymer.
  • DOX doxorubicin
  • the drug is first derivatized to produce an active form with an amino-coupling group such as NHS ester or p-nitrophenyl ester (ONp) as described by P. Rejmanova, et al., Makromol. Chem. 178, 2159 (1977).
  • DOX is suitably derivatized to provide an ONOp group as described by V. Omelyanenko, et al., J. Controlled Rel. 53, 25-37 (1998).
  • a GLA is then synthesized by covalently coupling the ONp-DOX derivative to a suitable amino-derivatized adamantane such as 1-aminoadamantane, 1-adamantane methyamine, or 1-adamantane carboxamide, among others.
  • a suitable amino-derivatized adamantane such as 1-aminoadamantane, 1-adamantane methyamine, or 1-adamantane carboxamide, among others.
  • any suitable active agent can be derivatized to produce an active form that provides an amino functional group for coupling.
  • a GLA is then synthesized by covalently coupling the active agent through the amino group to an adamantane derivative with an amino-coupling group on it.
  • adamantane derivatives include 1-adamantane carbonyl chloride, 1-adamantane isothiocyanate, or adamantane derivatized to provide an NHS ester or ONp, among others.
  • any suitable active agent can be derivatized to produce an active form that provides a sulfhydryl functional group for coupling.
  • a GLA is then synthesized by covalently coupling the active agent through the sulfhydryl group to an adamantane derivative with a thiol- or sulfhydryl-coupling group on it.
  • adamantane derivatives include 1-adamantane carbonyl chloride, iodo adamantane, or adamantane derivatized to provide a maleimidyl or bromoacetyl group.
  • suitable sulfhydryl-derivatized adamantane can be used to couple to an active agent with available sulfhydryl groups through disulfide coupling.
  • any suitable active agent is derivatized to produce an active form that provides an amino, or sulfhydryl functional group for coupling.
  • a GLA is then synthesized by covalently coupling the active agent to an adamantane derivative with an amino, or thiol, or hydroxyl functional group available.
  • Such coupling is done through any suitable crosslinking agent reactive with the functional groups available on the active agent and the guest (“CD linker”).
  • CD linker any suitable crosslinking agent reactive with the functional groups available on the active agent and the guest (“CD linker”).
  • the newly synthesized CD guest-linked agent can then be entrapped by mixing with the CD dimers, CD trimers or CD polymer carriers described herein.
  • a new, preferred guest-linked agent has dimer, trimer or small polymer adamantanes (or other suitable guests) coupled at single sites on the drug, nucleic acid or other active agent.
  • This new CD linker is also more easily complexed with dimers, or trimers or polymers of beta cyclodextrin, making the active agent more easily solubilized and the inclusion complexes more stable than with individual adamantanes coupled to the active agent.
  • any of the coupling systems used to synthesize a GLA also include a biocleavable linkage, described herein, to provide for controlled release of the active agent if desired.
  • compositions of the instant invention are by weight unless indicated otherwise.
  • synthesis of the compositions of the instant invention it will be understood by those skilled in the art of organic synthesis, that there are certain limitations and conditions as to what compositions will comprise a suitable carrier and may therefore be prepared mutatis mutandis.
  • cyclodextrins there are limitations as to which drugs and other agents can be used to form inclusion complexes with certain cyclodextrins.
  • the purpose is to provide a water-soluble (or colloidal) cyclodextrin polymer carrier that has an active agent completely entrapped.
  • the general approach is; (1) to produce or modify or protect, as needed, one or more functional or coupling groups on the cyclodextrin components, consisting of cyclodextrins, or open dimers, trimers or polymers; (2) combine under appropriate conditions, a minimum of 2 of the cyclodextrin components with a drug or active agent to produce a noncovalent inclusion complex and (3) if needed, using various coupling methods cross-link the cyclodextrin components to produce a polymer that completely entraps the drug within the cyclodextrin polymer.
  • the complex between CD components and active agent produced in step 2 will be suitable for carrying the active agent.
  • the cyclodextrin polymer carrier may be suitably derivatized to include other useful substances and/or chemical groups (e.g. biorecognition molecules, antenna, and catalytic substances), to perform a particular function.
  • the derivatization can be done before entrapment or afterward, using suitable protection and deprotection methods as needed.
  • cyclodextrins are composed of carbohydrates, they can be suitably derivatized and coupled through well-known procedures used for other carbohydrates, especially through available hydroxyl groups. For instance, vicinal hydroxyl groups on the cyclodextrin can be appropriately oxidized to produce aldehydes.
  • any functional group can be suitably added through well-known methods while preserving the cyclodextrin structure and complexing properties. Examples are: amidation, esterification, acylation, N-alkylation, allylation, ethynylation, oxidation, halogenation, hydrolysis, reactions with anhydrides, or hydrazines and other amines, including the formation of acetals, aldehydes, amides, imides, carbonyls, esters, isopropylidenes, nitrenes, osazones, oximes, propargyls, sulfonates, sulfonyls, sulfonamides, nitrates, carbonates, metal salts, hydrazones, glycosones, mercaptals, and suitable combinations of these.
  • the functional groups are then available for the cross-linking of one or more cyclodextrin molecules using a bifunctional reagent.
  • Suitable coupling or cross-linking agents for preparing the water-soluble (or colloidal) CD carriers of the instant invention can be a variety of reagents previously described, including well known crosslinkers used to polymerize CD's.
  • Other suitable crosslinkers or derivatizers are various epoxy compounds including propylene oxide, 1,2-diethoxyethane, 1,2,7,8-diepoxyoctane, 2,3-epoxy-1-propanol (glycidol), glycerol propoxylate triglycidylether and 1,4-butanediol diglycidyl ether (e.g. Gramera, or Case, or Johnson, or Parmerter, supra).
  • acrylic esters such as m-nitrophenyl acrylates, and hexamethylenediamine and p-xylylenediamine complexes (e.g. Furue, or Harada, or Hatano, or Ogata, supra), and aldehydes, ketones, alkyl halides, acyl halides, silicon halides, isothiocyanates, and epoxides (e.g. Buckler, supra).
  • individual cyclodextrin derivatives are the primary components, or units used to synthesize the water-soluble (or colloidal) cyclodextrin polymer carriers.
  • native cyclodextrins are useful for synthesizing the carriers, many other useful properties can be incorporated into the carriers by first derivatizing the cyclodextrin components before making the polymers. Derivatizing is defined as the chemical modification of a CD through addition of any functional or coupling group and/or other substance.
  • derivatized cyclodextrins can be used to facilitate cross-linking reactions and introduce functional groups for use during or after the carrier is prepared. Frequently, an integral part of using derivatized cyclodextrins involves protecting certain functional groups during certain cross-linking steps and then deprotecting those groups for use in subsequent steps.
  • Primary and/or secondary hydroxyl groups on the cyclodextrin (or derivatives), can be selectively protected and deprotected using known methods during derivatizing and/or capping procedures, to provide selective coupling at the primary or secondary end of the CD molecule, as desired. For instance, formation of protective esters (e.g. benzoates using benzoyl chloride), and selective cleavage (deprotection), of primary esters using anhydrous alcoholysis (e.g. Boyer, supra), provides mostly primary hydroxyls for derivatization. After derivatization and/or coupling the primary hydroxyls, the secondary hydroxyls can be deprotected for additional derivatization, coupling and/or capping.
  • protective esters e.g. benzoates using benzoyl chloride
  • selective cleavage deprotection
  • secondary hydroxyls can be deprotected for additional derivatization, coupling and/or capping.
  • Preferred hydroxyl protection schemes include various methods for silylation of the primary hydroxyls using tert-butyldimethylsilyl chloride (TBDMS), (K. Takeo, et al., Carbohydrate Res. 187, 203 (1989)) for derivatization of the secondary hydroxyls. Or, the use of sodium hydride with TBDMS (S. Tian, et al., Tetrahedron Lett. 35, 9339 (1994)) to protect secondary hydroxyls during derivatization of the primary hydroxyls. The silyl groups are then removed by treatment with tert-butylammonium fluoride.
  • TBDMS tert-butyldimethylsilyl chloride
  • CD polymer 10 gm
  • a suitable sulfonylating reagent 20 gm
  • p-toluenesulfonyl (tosyl) chloride mesitylenesulfonyl chloride or naphthalenesulfonyl chloride, among others, in anhydrous pyridine, for 3-5 Hrs at room temperature (RT).
  • dial-CD dialdehyde CD derivative
  • dialdehyde cyclodextrin polymer dial-CD polymer
  • dial-CD polymer is prepared from oxidized cyclodextrin or oxidized CD polymer by oxidation using known methods (e.g. Royer or Kobayashii, supra), with sodium metaperiodate in water or suitable buffer solution (e.g. 0.2 M phosphate saline, pH 5-7), where one or more dialdehydes can be produced per CD.
  • suitable buffer solution e.g. 0.2 M phosphate saline, pH 5-7
  • dial-CD can also include oxidized forms of HPCD, DHPCD and SBE-CD.
  • Amino groups can be introduced into CD polymer by reaction of a sulfonylated CD polymer with azide compounds including hydrazine, and 2,6-bis(4-azidobenzylidene)-4-methylcyclohexanone (e.g. Ikeda, supra), or coupling to diamines as described by Kawaguchi, or Matsui, supra.
  • a “monoamino” CD wherein one amino group has been coupled, can be prepared through known methods, including limited or sterically determined monosulfonylation, and/or by specific protection and deprotection schemes.
  • An amino-CD or amino-CD polymer is suitably protected and/or deprotected as needed.
  • a previously sulfonylated CD or CD polymer is suitably iodinated so that it will couple to primary amino groups, using known methods (e.g. Ikeda or Iwakura, supra).
  • 10 gm of sulfonylated CD or CD polymer is combined with 12 gm of NaI on 200 ml of methanol, and mix at 70° C. for 48-60 Hrs.
  • the iodinated CD product is collected by precipitation with acetone and purified by column chromatography.
  • the iodinated CD or CD polymer is coupled through an amino group to a suitable diamino substance.
  • suitable diamino substances are; 1,4diaminobutane, 1,6-diaminohexane, 1,7-diaminoheptane, 1,8-diaminooctane, 1,10-diaminodecane, 1,12-diaminododecane, and other aliphatic, or aromatic, or heterocyclic carboxylic acids with two available amino groups for coupling.
  • Coupling is done in a suitable solvent such as dimethylformamide (DMF), mixing 10 gm of iodinated CD polymer with a molar excess of the diamino substance (e.g. 10-20 gm of 1,6-diaminohexane), at 100° C. for 24 Hrs.
  • a suitable solvent such as dimethylformamide (DMF)
  • mixing 10 gm of iodinated CD polymer with a molar excess of the diamino substance (e.g. 10-20 gm of 1,6-diaminohexane), at 100° C. for 24 Hrs.
  • the product, amino-CD (or amino-CD polymer) is concentrated and purified by column chromatography.
  • amino groups introduced by various methods can be suitably protected by reaction with a halogenated alkylphthalimide such as N-(4-bromobutyl)phthalimide. After other suitable derivatizing, coupling and/or capping has been done, an amino group is deprotected by reaction with hydrazine in suitable solvent.
  • a halogenated alkylphthalimide such as N-(4-bromobutyl)phthalimide.
  • the diamino substances of various chain lengths can be suitably derivatized before coupling. For instance, they can be “half protected” as trifluoroacetamidoalkanes at one of the amino ends, as described by Guilford, H., et al, Biochem. Soc. Trans. 3, 438 (1975), before coupling, and then suitably deprotected such as by hydrolysis or alcoholysis.
  • Yet another suitable method involves the coupling of THP-protected amnino-alkynes, previously described, to the iodinated CD or CD polymer and subsequent deprotection as needed.
  • a sulfhydryl group can be added to an amino-CD, suitably prepared as described previously, by coupling the appropriate thiolating agent to the available amino group.
  • thiolation of amino groups on amino-CD can be done by known methods using S-acetylmercaptosuccinic anhydride (SAMSA), (e.g. Kiotz, Rector, or Lui supra), SIAB, or 2-iminothiolane (e.g. Traut, supra).
  • SAMSA S-acetylmercaptosuccinic anhydride
  • SIAB 2-iminothiolane
  • Sulfhydryls can also be introduced through reaction of available hydroxyls with a suitable epoxy compound.
  • a suitable epoxy compound For instance, epichlorohydrin or a suitable diepoxy crosslinker previously described, is coupled to a CD or CD polymer wherein free epoxy groups are produced. Free epoxy groups are then reacted with sodium thiosulfate to give thiosulfate esters (e.g. Carlsson, supra). The thiosulfate esters are subsequently reduced to sulfhydryls with dithiothreitol.
  • Sulfate groups can be introduced by reacting primary or secondary hydroxyl groups with various cyclic sultone compounds to produce sulfoalkyl ether derivatives.
  • 1,4-butane sultone reacts with the hydroxyl groups to produce a sulfobutyl ether (SBE) group (Stella, et al. U.S. Pat. No. 5,134,127), or 1,3-propane sultone reacts with the hydroxyl groups to produce a sulfopropyl ether group (Szejtli, supra).
  • New, more useful excipients with higher binding affinities can be prepared from CD dimers, trimers or polymers than derivatives of single CD molecules.
  • These new excipients are synthesized by first preparing CD dimers, trimers or polymers of cyclodextrin by crosslinking monomer cyclodextrins by various means. For instance crosslinking is done using bifunctional or multifunctional epoxy crosslinkers such as epichlorohydrin, 2,3 epoxy-1,4-butanedione, glycerol diglycidyl ether, or glycerol propoxylate triglycidyl ether, among others.
  • bifunctional or multifunctional epoxy crosslinkers such as epichlorohydrin, 2,3 epoxy-1,4-butanedione, glycerol diglycidyl ether, or glycerol propoxylate triglycidyl ether, among others.
  • the crosslinked CD products are derivatized with a cyclic sultone such as 1,4-butane to provide sulfobutyl groups or 1,3-propane sultone to provide sulfopropyl groups in basic conditions such as 1-50% NaOH in water.
  • a cyclic sultone such as 1,4-butane to provide sulfobutyl groups or 1,3-propane sultone to provide sulfopropyl groups in basic conditions such as 1-50% NaOH in water.
  • CD dimers, CD trimers and small CD polymers can be derivatized to provide hydroxyethyl, hydroxypropyl or dihydroxy propyl groups by derivatizing them with ethylene oxide, propylene oxide or glycidol.
  • Other useful derivatives include CD dimers, trimers or polymers with carboxylate groups using methods disclosed or referenced herein.
  • phosphate groups can be added to CD dimers, trimers or polymers by several known methods.
  • E. Tarelli, et al., Carbohydrate Res. 302(1-2), 27-34 (1997) describes reacting cyclodextrins with inorganic metaphosphates in aqueous solution at pH 4, drying and warming to produce monophosphate esters.
  • Other useful derivatives include CD dimers, trimers or polymers that have been oxidized, such as with NaIO 4, to produce dialdehyde groups.
  • the dialdehydes are then coupled to any suitable amino-containing or sulfhydryl-containing compound to provide the desired derivative.
  • the resulting derivatives are generally more soluble that the initial crosslinked CD dimers, CD trimers and CD polymers and would be suitable for use as drug or other active agent carriers or as excipients. They are usually more ionic to allow migration in an electric field for applications such as iontophoresis.
  • a preferred method for adding carboxylate groups is to couple glutaric or succinic anhydride to a hydroxyl group on the CD, or CD dimer, trimer or polymer. This produces a terminal carboxylate, which can then be protected by esterification as needed. Also, carboxylates can be derivatized to an NHS ester using N-hydroxysuccinimide and carbodiimide such as dicyclohexyl carbodiimide.
  • a previously sulfonylated CD or CD polymer can be suitably iodinated as previously described for diamino groups.
  • An iodinated CD polymer or a dial-CD polymer is coupled through the amino group to a suitable amino-carboxylic acid to provide the desired length of spacer.
  • suitable amino-carboxylic acids are; 4-aminobutyric acid, 6-aminohexanoic acid, 7-amninoheptanoic acid, 8-aminocaprylic acid, 12-aminododecanoic acid, and other aliphatic, or aromatic, or heterocyclic carboxylic acids with an available amino group for coupling.
  • Coupling of amino-carboxylic acid to iodinated CD or CD polymer is done in a suitable solvent such as dimethylformamide (DMF), mixing 10 gm of iodinated CD polymer with a molar excess of amino-carboxylic acid (e.g. 10 gm of 6-aminohexanoic acid), at 100° C. for 24 Hrs.
  • a suitable solvent such as dimethylformamide (DMF)
  • a molar excess of amino-carboxylic acid e.g. 10 gm of 6-aminohexanoic acid
  • Coupling of amino-carboxylic acid to dial-CD or dial-CD polymer is done by reductive alkylation.
  • a suitable buffer e.g. 0.1 M borate, pH 7.5-8.5, 0.1-0.5 M triethanolamine
  • 10 gm of dial CD polymer is mixed with a molar excess of amino-carboxylic acid (e.g. 10 gm of 12-aminodecanoic acid), at RT for 1-2 Hrs.
  • the Schiffs base coupling is stabilized by suitable reduction with NaBH 4 (e.g. 0.1-1 mg/ml), for 1-12 Hrs.
  • the product, CD-carboxylic acid is concentrated and purified by column chromatography and dried for subsequent reactions as needed.
  • Capping is a type of derivatizing defined herein as coupling any suitable chemical “capping substance” to two or more sites on the CD molecule so that the substance spans the area between the coupled sites.
  • the capping substance spans across one of the end openings of the CD molecule and thereby stops the passage of a guest molecule through the capped CD molecule.
  • the CD's used herein can be suitably complexed with one or more guest molecules and/or derivatized and/or capped before, during or after their incorporation into the water-soluble CD polymer carrier of the instant invention.
  • the derivatizing and/or capping can be a done to produce CD's with the desired substances coupled to specific locations on the CD molecule.
  • modifications that increase affinity between the host CD and guest(s) are preferred.
  • the host CD's of this invention are preferably derivatized (e.g. methylated or benzylated), and/or capped by various means to increase host-guest affinity.
  • the capping substance is coupled at the primary or secondary “end” of the CD molecule, forming a bridge across either (or both) opening(s) that includes suitable hydrophobic groups in the capping substance.
  • the capping substances can be coupled directly to available hydroxyls on the CD, or they can be coupled to suitable functional groups such as; diamino (or triamino), compounds to iodinated CD, or azido compounds to sulfonylated hydroxyls, and/or through “spacers” added to the CD.
  • Suitable disulfonyl capping substances are biphenyl-4,4′-disulfonyl chloride, 1,3-benzene disulfonyl chloride, 2,4-mesitylene disulfonyl chloride, 2,6-naphthalene disulfonyl chloride, 4,4′-oxybis(benzene sulfonyl chloride), 4,4′-methylene bis(benzene sulfonyl chloride), m,m′-benzophenone-disulfonyl chloride, p,p′-stilbene-disulfonyl chloride, and diphenylmethane-p,p′-disulfonyl chloride, among others.
  • capping substances are imidazoles, 6-methylamino-deoxy and 6-methylamino-6-deoxy derivatives transformed to the corresponding N-formyl compounds, terephthaloyl chloride, dianhydrides such as 3,3′,4,4′-benzophenonetetracarboxylic dianhydride and 3,4,9,10-perylenetetracarboxylic anhydride, azido compounds such as 2,6-bis(4-azidobenzylidene)-4methylcyclohexanone, and derivatives of aurintricarboxylic acid (e.g. thionyl chloride derivatives, triammonium salts “aluminons”), among others (e.g. Szejtli, Emert, Tabushi, or Cramer, supra).
  • dianhydrides such as 3,3′,4,4′-benzophenonetetracarboxylic dianhydride and 3,4,9,10-perylenetetracarboxylic an
  • the purpose is to prepare a water-soluble (or colloidal) cyclodextrin polymer carrier with completely entrapped anthracene.
  • beta cyclodextrin was cross-linked while complexed with anthracene at a molar ratio of 4:1.
  • the procedure was to combine 10 ml of water containing 0.0002 moles of cyclodextrin with 1 ml of chloroform containing 0.00005 moles of anthracene. After about 15 minutes of mixing at about 20,000 rpm with a stainless steel impeller and Dremel motor, most of the solvent had evaporated. While still mixing, 0.4 ml of epichlorohydrin and 0.2 ml of 2 N NaOH was added. After about 20 minutes, the reaction was stopped by adding 0.4 ml of ethanolamine. The resulting solution was allowed to settle and examined over UV illumination.
  • the turbid solution had a greenish-yellow, fluorescent top layer indicating unincorporated anthracene.
  • the aqueous phase of the solution showed a distinct blue fluorescence, indicating that some anthracene was complexed in the cross-linked cyclodextrin polymer suspended in the aqueous phase.
  • the purpose is to prepare a water-soluble (or colloidal) cyclodextrin polymer carrier with completely entrapped 2-aminoanthracene (2AA).
  • the procedure was to combine 0.5 ml of 4.4% beta cyclodextrin in water, with 0.02 ml of solution containing 80% 1,4 butanediol diglycidyl ether (BDE), 10% of 0.1 M guest molecule, 2-aminoanthracene in dimethylformamide, and 2.4% 2 N NaOH while mixing vigorously and incubating at 60° C.
  • BDE 1,4 butanediol diglycidyl ether
  • the purpose is to first prepare a water-soluble (or colloidal) cyclodextrin polymer using 1,4 butanediol diglycidyl ether (BDE) to crosslink with the cyclodextrin hydroxyl groups. Additional BDE molecules are allowed to randomly couple at only one end before excess lysine is added. The lysine is covalently incorporated by covalently coupling to free ends of the BDE previously coupled to the cyclodextrin. The combination of BDE and lysine functions as a spacer group on the cyclodextrin polymer. The fluorophore 2-aminoanthracene is then covalently tethered as a captured guest to the cyclodextrin polymer through the amino group on the BDElysine spacer using glutaraldehyde.
  • BDE 1,4 butanediol diglycidyl ether
  • the CD polymer with lysine was then coupled through the lysine groups to the guest molecule 2-aminoanthracene by a two step glutaraldehyde method based on Guesdon, J-L, et al, J of Histochem. Cytochem. 27, 1131-1139 (1979).
  • the procedure was to combine 0.9 ml of the CD polymer with 0.1 ml of 25% glutaraldehyde (in water) and 0.02 ml 2 N NaOH (starting pH 12), and mix for about 25 minutes.
  • the mixture was fractionated to remove excess glutaraldehyde on a column of Sephadex® G-25 (9 ⁇ 0.8 cm) equilibrated with distilled H 2 O, collecting 0.3 ml fractions.
  • the polymer fractions were pooled in a 1.4 ml volume.
  • the 2-aminoanthracene was then coupled by mixing in a total of 0.06 ml of 5 mM 2-aminoanthracene in methanol:chloroform (4:1) and 0.01 ml 2 N NaOH (starting pH 12). This was reacted for 4 hours then blocked with 0.1 ml of ethanolamine.
  • the Schiff base coupling was stabilized by adding 0.01 gm of NaBH 4 and incubating overnight.
  • the purpose is to synthesize a targeted cyclodextrin polymer carrier by covalently coupling a biorecognition molecule to a cyclodextrin polymer carrier.
  • the carrier was prepared as in Preparation III, and the biorecognition molecule is antibody protein.
  • a cyclodextrin polymer carrier is covalently coupled with NHS ester to form a NHS-CD.
  • FL-CD polymer carrier (with tethered 2-aminoanthracene) was prepared as above and fractionated by column chromatography using Sephacryl® S200 in a 1.5 ⁇ 18.5 cm column equilibrated with water (Exper. CD/8). The purified FL-CD was collected in 1 ml fractions #8-19, and pooled to give a greenish-yellow fluorescent solution. The solution was dried at 60° C. to give about 0.36 gm. The product was dissolved in water and titrated to pH 6 with 6 N HCl giving 0.144 gm FL-CD polymer carrier per ml.
  • the procedure is to form NHS esters with the carboxylic acid groups on the lysine that is incorporated into the FLCD polymer carrier.
  • 0.1 gin of N,N′-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide PCC was added to 1 ml of dissolved FL-CD polymer carrier.
  • 0.1 gm of N-hydroxysuccinimide was added with mixing.
  • 0.05 ml of glacial acetic acid was added and mixed about 25 minutes.
  • To the mixture was added about 4 ml of anhydrous methanol, then it was mixed, centrifuged and the light yellow supernatant was collected.
  • the resulting solution of FL-CD polymer with coupled NHS ester groups was concentrated by evaporation and stored in the refrigerator.
  • the purpose is to covalently couple antibody protein (human gamma globulin) to cyclodextrin polymer carrier with tethered guest 2-aminoanthracene.
  • the purpose is to synthesize a water-soluble (or colloidal) cyclodextrin polymer carrier that contains completely entrapped paclitaxel (PTX) and the polymer includes acid-labile hydrazone linkages that provide controlled release.
  • PTX paclitaxel
  • Table C is a schematic of the reactions employed. TABLE C Cyclodextrin Hydrazone Linkages Cross-linked Aldehydes with Terminal Amines Polymer
  • the purpose is to produce oxidized cyclodextrin (CD) to provide dialdehydes that can subsequently be reacted with hydrazine to form an acid-labile hydrazone linkage.
  • the hydrazone linkages on each cyclodextrin will also have terminal amino groups for subsequent crosslinking to make the polymer carrier.
  • the oxidation procedure is based on published methods used to oxidize other polysaccharides and specifically cyclodextrins (Kobayashi supra). This method introduces dialdehyde groups at the C-2, C-3-trans-diol position of the cyclodextrin glucose residues.
  • the procedure was to add sodium m-periodate (NaIO 4 ) to 30 mM cyclodextrn in 100 ml of water while mixing at 30° C.
  • the molar ratio of NaIO 4 to cyclodextrin was 2:1, to give 1 to 2 dialdehydes per CD molecule.
  • the reaction was continued in the dark for 6 to 8 hours. Remaining NaIO 4 was consumed with a molar excess of ethylene glycol.
  • dialdehyde cyclodextrin dial-CD was fractionated using gel filtration on a SephadexTM G-25 column. The more open dial-CD molecules have been found to elute ahead of the native CD. The fractions were concentrated by evaporation under vacuum.
  • the amount of CD (mw 1135) as carbohydrate in each fraction is monitored by a colorimetric test for carbohydrates.
  • To 2 ml of water containing diluted dial-CD fraction (0.01-0.05 mg) is added 0.05 ml of 80% phenol.
  • 5 ml of concentrated sulfuric acid is added rapidly to mix. Color is allowed to develop 20 minutes at 25-30° C. and the absorbance is read at 490 nm.
  • the absorbance is compared to a series of identically treated CD standards at 0.005, 0.01, 0.02, 0.04, 0.08 and 0.1 mg per m H 2 O.
  • This reaction involves a condensation reaction of the hydrazine with available aldehydes to produce a hydrazone linkage.
  • the objective is to react dial-CD with enough hydrazine so that ideally each available aldehyde is coupled to a single hydrazine with minimal cross-linking.
  • the dial-CD preparation is dissolved in water to give starting concentrations of 30 mM. While stirring the solution at room temperature, a 3 to 4-fold molar excess of hydrazine (Sigma) is added with continued stirring for 2 hours.
  • the resulting hydrazone cyclodextrin (Hz-CD) is fractionated on a SephadexTM G-15 column and the fractions dried to constant weight by vacuum evaporation.
  • the number of amino groups is determined colorimetrically using a Blue G-250 assay reagent for protein (Reagent Kit Cat #23200, Pierce, Rockford Ill.) with the absorbance read at 595 nm. To ensure that enough amino groups are available, the Hz-CD fractions with at least 2 free amino groups available per mole are used in the next step.
  • the purpose is to cross-link Hz-CD to form a water-soluble (or colloidal) cyclodextrin polymer carrier that is acid-labile.
  • the polymers preferably have molecular weights of 20,000-50,000, although higher or lower molecular weights can be used.
  • the Hz-CD monomers are cross-linked through the terminal amino groups on the hydrazine derivatives.
  • the paclitaxel (PTX) is dissolved in a solvent and mixed with the Hz-CD to form inclusion complexes. Then the Hz-CD is cross-linked to form the polymer and completely entrap the drug in polymer aggregates.
  • Preparations can be made with molecular ratios between 1:1 and 1:8 of PTX to Hz-CD.
  • a near saturated suspension of Hz-CD is prepared in 0.05 M phosphate buffer, pH 7.5 (PB).
  • the FIX about 2 mM
  • methanol is added with vigorous mixing (20,000 rpm impeller). While mixing, the drug is exposed to the aqueous phase to allow complexes to form between the PTX and Hz-CD. Mixing is continued for 15 minutes to one hour. The cross-linking reagent is then be added while continuing to mix.
  • cross-linking is done with a bifunctional cleavable coupling agent Tech. Bull. #0544, Pierce Chem. Co., Rockford Ill.), dithiobis(succinimidyl propionate) (DSP, spacer length 12 angstroms).
  • DSP dithiobis(succinimidyl propionate)
  • PTX-loaded CD polymer (PT-CD) is then fractionated by gel exclusion chromatography on pre-calibrated columns of Sephacryl® S200-HR (40 ⁇ 5 cm) equilibrated with PB. Pre-calibration is done using various molecular weight dextrans (i.e. 15,000 to 60,000, Sigma) in separate runs.
  • the PIX-CD fractions that elute in molecular weight ranges between 20,000 and 50,000 are vacuum dried at 50° C. and weighed. For some procedures, fractions may be concentrated by centrifugal filtration using suitable molecular weight cutoff filter tubes (Micron Separations Inc., Westboro Mass.). Other fractions of higher or lower molecular weight may also be suitable. The approximate moles of product are calculated as total grams of dried carrier divided by the apparent molecular weight.
  • suitable derivatives of cyclodextrin can be used to prepare the carrier including CD-blocks described previously.
  • Preferred CD derivatives are hydroxypropyl cyclodextrin (HPCD) and 2,3-dihydroxypropyl cyclodextrin (DHPCD).
  • HPCD hydroxypropyl cyclodextrin
  • DHPCD 2,3-dihydroxypropyl cyclodextrin
  • HPCD or DHPCD is one with 3-4 degrees of substitution with propylene oxide or glycidol (Pitha, supra).
  • EGS ethylene glycol bis(succinimidylsuccinate)
  • 16.1 angstrom spacer ethylene glycol bis(succinimidylsuccinate)
  • the Hz-CD can be polymerized using the water-soluble bifunctional reagent dimethyl adipimate (DMA, 8.6 angstrom spacer, Technical Bull #0438, Pierce).
  • DMA water-soluble bifunctional reagent dimethyl adipimate
  • the parameters of molar ratios and reaction times for cross-linking Hz-CD with DMA are suitably optimized for the desired polymer size.
  • a near saturated suspension of Hz-CD and PTX in methanol is prepared in PB with vigorous mixing as described previously. As the solvent evaporates, the drug is forced into the aqueous phase to allow complexes to form between the PITX and Hz-CD.
  • the DMA is added and mixed for 2-6 hours.
  • the resulting PTX-CD is fractionated by gel exclusion chromatography as described previously.
  • the hydrazone linkages provide controlled release when hydrolyzed to release free drug maximally at pH 4-5.
  • the purpose is to cross-link gamma cyclodextrin (Mol. Wt. 1297), to form a water-soluble (or colloidal) cyclodextrin polymer carrier that has completely entrapped doxorubicin (DOX). Cyclodextrins are crosslinked through their hydroxyl groups to each other using 1,4 butanediol diglycidyl ether (BDE, Mol. Wt. 202.2).
  • BDE 1,4 butanediol diglycidyl ether
  • the DOX is dissolved in a solvent and mixed with the CD to form inclusion complexes. Then the CD is cross-linked to form the polymer and completely entrap the drug in polymer aggregates.
  • a preparation is made to give a molecular ratio between 1:2 and 1:8 of DOX to CD. While mixing, the drug is exposed to the CD to allow complexes to form between the DOX and CD.
  • the procedure is to combine near saturated DOX with 100 ml of 4.0% cyclodextrin in 0-20% (v/v) dimethylformamide (DMF) in water, with 5 ml of 2 N NaOH (starting pH 13), with vigorous mixing (20,000 rpm impeller).
  • the cross-linking reaction is initiated by adding 10 ml of 95% BDE while ring and incubating at 60° C.
  • the reaction is conducted for 2-6 hours followed by the addition of a molar excess of lysine (0.75 ml of 4 M lysine in water, adjusted to pH 8). Lysine is incorporated into the polymer as the BDE cross-links the lysine through one of its amino groups to the cyclodextrin. The excess lysine also couples to and blocks any remaining free BDE. Mixing is continued for one more hour and the mixture is then neutralized with 1 N HCl.
  • the carrier fractions that elute in molecular weight ranges between 20,000 and 50,000 are taken to the next step. Other fractions of higher or lower molecular weight may also be suitable.
  • the fractions are then vacuum dried at 50° C. and weighed. The approximate moles of product are calculated as total grams of dried carrier divided by the apparent molecular weight.
  • the relative amount of CD in the fractions can be monitored by a calorimetric test as described previously.
  • the CD polymer fractions can also be tested for the presence of amino groups as described previously.
  • lysine molecules can be added to the PolyCD.
  • the procedure is to again treat the carrier with BDE as described above, but for only 20-30 minutes. Additional amino groups are then introduced with the excess lysine treatment and the product is fractionated on Sephacryl® as described.
  • a selective derivatization procedure is used that takes advantage of the more reactive primary hydroxyls.
  • the procedure is to first “tosylate” two or more primary hydroxyls on each cyclodextrin and then replace the tosyl groups with amino groups.
  • the cyclodextrins are then complexed with the DOX and polymerized by cross-linking through the aminos using a bifunctional cross-linking agent.
  • the tosylation step is done by reacting 12 grams of cyclodextrin with 9 grams of p-toluenesulfonyl chloride (tosyl chloride) in 100 ml of anhydrous pyridine solvent.
  • the tosyl chloride is added in 3 gram aliquots over a 36 hour period with constant stirring of the mixture for a total of 48 hours.
  • the reaction is stopped with 20 ml of methanol.
  • the product is precipitated, filtered and washed with 200 ml aliquots of chloroform, then dried.
  • the tosyl groups are substituted for azide by dissolving 1.3 gm of the tosylated cyclodextrin in 100 ml of dimethylformamide (DMF) and adding 1 gm of sodium azide. The mixture is heated with siring to 100° C. for 2 hours and the product is collected from dried supernatant. The product is dissolved in 10 ml of water, precipitated with acetone and dried.
  • DMF dimethylformamide
  • the azide cyclodextrin is reduced to the amine by dissolving 1 gm in 100 ml of 20% methanol/water containing 0.4 gm of palladium black catalyst (Sigma). The mixture is stirred 1 hour under H 2 , then filter through Celite. The amino-derivatized cyclodextrin is collected by drying.
  • amino-CD amino-cyclodextrin
  • DOX water-soluble bifunctional reagent
  • DMS dimethyl suberimidate
  • any suitable biorecognition molecule with an available amino group can be used in place of the lysine such as antibodies or other proteins, polypeptides, or amino-sugars.
  • other anticancer drugs can be used in place of DOX such as daunomycin, puromycin or ellipticine.
  • the CD polymer carrier is thiolated by modifying the lysine residues using 2-iminothiolane (FW 137.6), based on the technical bulletin from Pierce Chem. Co.
  • the number of available amino groups on the carrier can be determined as described previously.
  • the molar ratio that is used between the carrier and 2-iminothiolane is about 1:10.
  • the reaction is carried out by combining 0.4 mmoles of carrier dissolved in 0.16 M borate buffer (pH 8.0), and 4 mmoles of 2-iminothiolane. The mixture is mixed for about 2 hours at room temperature. The resulting thiolated carrier is separated by gel chromatography using a Sephadex® G15 column equilibrated with 0.05 M phosphate buffer, pH 7.5.
  • Aliquots of the thiolated carrier can be tested for the presence of sulfhydryl groups.
  • the test for sulfhydryl is a standard test that employs 5,5′-dithiobis(2-nitrobenzoic acid, DTNB).
  • the procedure is to combine 0.1 ml of thio-polyCD samples diluted in water with 1 ml of deoxygenated 0.2 M Tris buffer, pH 8.2, and add 0.1 ml of 0.01 M DTNB in deoxygenated methanol. Color is allowed to develop for 30 minutes and the absorbance is read at 412 nm on a spectrophotometer.
  • the results are compared to a standard curve of identically tested dilutions of 2-mercaptoethanol.
  • the goal is to introduce an average of at least three sulfhydryl groups (2-mercaptoethanol molar equivalents), for each mole of thiolated carrier.
  • the molar ratio of thiolated carrier to antibody is about 4:1. For instance, 0.02 mmoles of the 20,000 molecular weight fraction of thiolated carrier is conjugated with 0.005 mmoles of antibody previously coupled through amino groups to m-maleimidobenzoyl-N-hydroxysuccinimide ester (MBS-antibody) (MW 140,000). Other molar ratios of thiolated carrier to antibody can be used during conjugation.
  • the conjugation reaction is to combine freshly prepared MBS-antibody with thiolated carrier in 0.05 M phosphate buffer, pH 7.5, and stir for 2 hours at room temperature.
  • the conjugate is fractionated by gel exclusion chromatography using bovine IgG calibrated Sephacryl® S200-HR column equilibrated with the same buffer.
  • the fractionated conjugate is collected in a fraction collector equipped with an ultraviolet monitor set at 280 nm to detect the IgG.
  • the conjugate is in the fractions containing IgG and corresponding to molecular weights greater than 200,000.
  • the conjugate fractions can be tested for protein content using the Bradford calorimetric method and tested for carbohydrate as described previously. Fractions greater than 200,000 molecular weight are pooled and concentrated by centrifugation filtration using 100,000 molecular weight cutoff filter tubes (Micron Separations Inc., Westboro Mass.) or by precipitation with ammonium sulfate and dialysis against PB.
  • CD41B The purpose is to prepare oxidize cyclodextrin (CD) to provide dialdehydes that are then reacted with a diamino compound such as 1,6 hexanediamine to provide terminal amino groups for subsequent crosslinking to make the polymer carrier.
  • CD monomers, dimers or polymers can be derivatized using methods previously described for introducing active groups for coupling with amino groups.
  • the CD (or CD-block) can be suitably tosylated, or treated with various bifunctional epoxy compounds such as BDE or GDE before coupling to the amino compound.
  • CD-block dimers, trimers and polymers were first synthesized by crosslinking the CD with epoxy coupling agents such as BDE, GDE or TMTE.
  • epoxy coupling agents such as BDE, GDE or TMTE.
  • GDE the procedure was to combine about 4.5 gm of CD dissolved in about 60 ml of 60° C. water with about 0.1 ml of 10 N KOH and about 0.5 ml of GDE. The solution is mixed vigorously at 60° C. for 2-4 hours or until the GDE is consumed. At this point the mixture can be oxidized to produce dial-CD blocks, or the CD-blocks can be treated with glycidol before oxidation to produce “polyaldehyde-CD” for use in the next step.
  • the un-oxidized CD-blocks can be derivatized with amino or thiol groups for subsequent crosslinking in CD carrier synthesis.
  • the oxidation procedure is similar to that of Preparation V.
  • the procedure was to add 3.42 gm of sodium m-periodate (NaIO 4 ) to 4.546 gm of beta cyclodextrin dissolved in 60 ml of water and 0.5 ml of 10 N KOH at 70-80° C.
  • the molar ratio of NaIO 4 to cyclodextrin was 4:1.
  • the pH of the solution was adjusted up to 14 with 0.03 ml of 10 N KOH and the reaction was continued in the dark overnight.
  • dial-CD dialdehyde cyclodextrin
  • the dial-CD was subsequently crosslinked using various epoxides such as BDE or GDE, which produced CD-block dimers, trimers and polymers containing aldehydes.
  • the CD or CD-block
  • the CD has been treated with glycidol (2-7 ⁇ molar excess, pH 7-10) before oxidation, which produces 2,3-dihydroxypropyl cyclodextrin (DHPCD) with additional diols at the primary and secondary sides of the molecule.
  • DPCD 2,3-dihydroxypropyl cyclodextrin
  • Subsequent oxidation then converts the diols to aldehydes to produce a “polyaldehyde-CD”, which can then be coupled with amino groups.
  • This reaction involves the reaction of the amino groups on 1,6 hexanediamine (HXDA) with available aldehydes on the dial-CD (or poly-CD) to form aldehyde bonds with amino groups so that ideally each aldehyde is coupled to a single HFA molecule with minimal cross-linking.
  • HXDA 1,6 hexanediamine
  • dial-CD or poly-CD
  • the entire solution was applied to a SephadexTM G-25 column in water.
  • the fractions were tested colorimetrically for carbohydrate content and amino groups.
  • the front fractions containing carbohydrate and amino groups were pooled and HXDA-CD monomer was concentrated by evaporation to about 20 ml.
  • amino compounds have been coupled to the oxidized CD such as hydrazine, adipic add dihydrazide, glutamic acid, beta-phenylethylamine, laurylamine and cystamine.
  • Many other useful amino compounds can be coupled to the oxidized CD or CD-block such as polypeptides, 6-amino-N-hexanoic acid, arginine, protamines, N-(2-aminoethyl)-1,3-propanediamine (AEPD), polyethylenimine (PEI) and nucleic acids.
  • (CD49) The purpose is to cross-link HXDA-CD monomer through the terminal amino groups to form a water-soluble (or colloidal) cyclodextrin polymer carrier.
  • the cattier is prepared by combining HXDA-CD monomer with DOX, then adding an “activated” HXDA-CD monomer that polymerizes with the HXDA-CD and entraps the DOX in situ.
  • the “activated” monomer can be any CD monomer (or CD-block) that has been treated to provide active coupling groups that will crosslink with the amino groups on the other CD monomer or CD-block.
  • Monomers can be activated by treating them with a variety of bifunctional coupling agents listed previously.
  • dial-CD can be used as the activated monomer where the aldehyde groups can couple to the amino groups of the HXDA-CD.
  • the HXDA-CD is treated with glutaraldehyde to form aldehyde bonds with amino groups before combining it with the other monomer and drug.
  • Activated monomer was prepared by combining about 0.126 gm of HXDA-CD in 2.1 ml water with 0.35 ml of 1 N NaOH, and then adding 0.35 ml of 20% glutaraldehyde in water.
  • Drug-complexed monomer was prepared by combining about 0.021 gm of H A-CD in 0.35 ml of water with about 3.25 mg of DOX in 0.28 ml of water.
  • drug-loaded carrier was prepared by combining one half of the activated monomer (0.063 gm in 1.4 ml) with the drug-complexed monomer preparation.
  • a drug-free control carrier was also prepared by combining 1.4 ml of the same activated monomer solution with 0.35 ml of water containing 0.021 gm of untreated monomer only. Both mixtures were allowed to crosslink for about 1.5 hours, then dialyzed for about 1 hour in 12,400 molecular weight cutoff (MWCO), cellulose tubing against 70% isopropanol in water. Dialysis was continued for about three more hours against distilled water.
  • MWCO molecular weight cutoff
  • DOX was measured by diluting 0.02 ml aliquots of sample into 0.18 ml of 1 N NaOH, reading the absorbance at 620 nm and comparing the absorbances to a standard curve of DOX. Aliquots of the preparations were also dried to determine the weight % DOX.
  • the preparations were then tested in a cytotoxicity assay using Daudi cells from human Burkitt lymphoma.
  • the test is a colorimetric assay based on the ability of metabolically active cells to reduce thiazolyl blue (MTT) to a blue formazan product (Alley, et al., Cancer Res. 48:589 (1988)).
  • MTT thiazolyl blue
  • CD45 The purpose is to crosslink thiolated cyclodextrin monomers through their sulfhydryl groups while they are complexed with drug to completely entrap the drug in the cattier.
  • HXDA-CD was prepared as described previously.
  • the HXDA-CD was thiolated by slowly combining and mixing about 0.6 gm of HXDA-CD in 10 ml of 0.1 M K 2 HPO 4 buffer, pH 8.5, in water with 0.33 gm of iminothiolane (2-IT). After about 2 hours, the mixture was fractionated on a SephadexTM G25 column in water. The leading fractions containing the carbohydrate peak were pooled and concentrated by evaporation to give about 0.076 gm per ml.
  • the carrier preparations were resuspended and dialyzed overnight in 12,400 MWCO cellulose tubing against 10% isopropanol.
  • the recovered dialysates were again centrifuged and produced red pellets indicating that DOX was still entrapped in the carrier.
  • biorecognition molecule can be a suitable protein, including antibodies and avidins or streptavidin, or ligands, or nucleic acids.
  • the CD-carboxylic acid polymer is combined with N-hydroxysuccinimide and an aromatic carbodiimide such as N,N-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide, at approximately equimolar ratios and reacted at RT for 1-3 Hrs.
  • N-hydroxysuccinimide cyclodextrin (NHS-CD) is separated in the filtrate from precipitated dicyclohexylurea, collected by evaporation and purified by chromatography.
  • NHS-CD polymer derivatives can be prepared by coupling NHS esters directly to amino-CD or amino-CD polymer.
  • the NHS ester is a bifunctional NHS coupling agent with a suitable spacer.
  • Suitable NHS coupling agents for use in this invention have been previously described, including DSS, bis(sulfosuccinimidyl)suberate (BS 3 ), DSP, DTSSP, SPDP, BSOCOES, DSAH, DST, and EGS, among others.
  • Sulfhydryls on polymer carriers can be used for disulfide coupling to other available sulfhydryls on the desired biorecognition molecule such as antibodies, or avidins, or streptavidin, or ligands, or nucleic acids. If needed, the available sulfhydryls can be introduced by thiolation of the biorecognition molecule before coupling.
  • a sulfhydryl-containing CD polymer carrier is coupled to any maleimide derivative of protein, ligand, nucleic acid or biotin, (e.g. biotin-maleimide) or iodoacetyl derivatives such as N-iodoacetyl-N′biotinylhexylenediamine.
  • the maleimido-cyclodextrin polymer carriers (Mal-CD), of this invention are suitable for coupling to native or introduced sulfhydryls on the desired biorecognition molecule.
  • a maleimido group is added to an amino-CD polymer carrier suitably prepared as described previously, by coupling a suitable hetero-bifunctional coupling agent to the available amino group.
  • the hetero-bifunctional coupling agent consists of a suitable spacer with a maleimide group at one end and an NHS ester at the other end. Examples are previously described and include MBS, SMCC, SMPB, SPDP, among others.
  • the reaction is carried out so that the NHS ester couples to the available amino group on the CD polymer carrier, leaving the maleimide group free for subsequent coupling to an available sulfhydryl on a biorecognition molecule.
  • Iodo-Cyclodextrin (Iodo-CD) polymer carriers can be prepared for coupling to sulfhydryl groups.
  • NHS esters of iodoacids can be coupled to the amino-CD polymers.
  • Suitable iodoacids for use in this invention are iodopropionic acid, iodobutyric acid, iodohexanoic acid, iodohippuric acid, 3-iodotyrosine, among others.
  • the appropriate Iodo-NHS ester is prepared by known methods (e.g. Rector, supra).
  • equinolar amounts of iodopropionic acid and N-hydroxysuccinimide are mixed, with suitable carbodiimide, in anhydrous dioxane at RT for 1-2 Hrs, the precipitate removed by filtration, and the NHS iodopropionic acid ester is collected in the filtrate.
  • the NHS iodopropionic acid ester is then coupled to the amino-CD polymer carrier.
  • Biotinylated CD polymer carriers can be produced by a variety of known biotinylation methods suitably modified for use with CD's. For instance, combining an amino-CD polymer derivative with a known N-hydroxysuccinimide derivative of biotin in appropriate buffer such as 0.1 M phosphate, pH 8.0, reacting for up to 1 hour at room temperature.
  • suitable buffer such as 0.1 M phosphate, pH 8.0
  • biotin derivatives that can be used are, biotin-N-hydroxysuccinimide, biotinamidocaproate N-hydroxysuccinimide ester or sulfosuccinimidyl 2-(biotinamino)ethyl-1,3′-dithiopropionate, among others.
  • any CD polymer carrier of the instant invention can be coupled to biotin or a suitable derivative thereof, through any suitable coupling group.
  • biocytin can be coupled through an available amino group to any NHS-CD label described herein.
  • thiolated biotin can be coupled to any mal-CD polymer carrier.
  • the biotinylated CD polymer carrier can be used to couple a plurality of carriers to an intermediate. For instance, by combining dilute solutions of the biotinylated CD carrier with avidin or streptavidin in the appropriate molar ratio, 1, 2 or 3 biotinylated CD carriers will couple to the avidin or streptavidin and produce a complex with one or more biotin-binding sites still available.
  • a water-soluble (or colloidal) cyclodextrin polymer carrier can be synthesized with a more predictable number of CD molecules, giving new advantages of uniform structure and chemical properties.
  • the synthesis method is to couple an initial CD molecule (or derivative) to a solid support using a cleavable coupling agent. Then additional CD molecules (or CD derivatives with or without protected groups) are attached to the first CD in a controlled, step-wise manner.
  • a suitable intermediate substance i.e. amino derivatized PEG or HPMA
  • the carrier is then cleaved from the solid support.
  • the desired drug or other active agent is then allowed to complex with the polymer.
  • the polymer can be further cross-linked to close the polymer and completely entrap the active agent.
  • the CD molecules used in this procedure can include tethered guests and antenna substances, and be suitably derivatized and/or capped before coupling to incorporate other desirable features.
  • each CD molecule (or dimer, or trimer), that is coupled has a well-defined structure to facilitate the production of CD polymer carriers with uniform and consistent properties.
  • a variety of suitable materials can be used for a solid support.
  • the solid support can be in the form of particles, beads, fibers, plates, and tubing walls, and composed of styrenes, acrylamides, silica gels, solid or porous glass, dextrans, and celluloses, among others that are suitably derivatized as needed and compatible with the reactions used.
  • the initial coupling agent used to couple the initial CD or intermediate substance to the support is preferably one that is readily cleaved when desired.
  • the initial coupling agent is a bifunctional, amino-reactive reagent such as those with a cleavable disulfide group, including DTBP, DSP, DTSSP and photoactive couplers like BASED, SADP, SAND, and SASD.
  • Other suitable initial amino-reactive coupling agents are periodate cleavable, such as DST and sulfo-DST, or hydroxylamine cleavable at the ethyl ester linkage, such as EGS and sulfo-EGS.
  • the coupling agents used to couple subsequent CD's to make an open polymer are preferably noncleavable, or biocleavable, or cleavable by a different mechanism than the initial coupling agent
  • amino-reactive, bifunctional coupling agents such as DMA, DMP, DMS, DSS and DSG would be used.
  • sulfhydryl-derivatized CD molecules sulfhydryl-reactive, bifunctional coupling agents would be used such as MBS.
  • Diepoxy coupling agents such as BDE can be used to couple through amino, sulfhydryl or hydroxyl functional groups.
  • the polymer when it is cleaved from the support after synthesis, it can leave a suitable functional group for targeting by subsequently coupling a biorecognition molecule to the polymer. Or, the remaining functional group can be converted to an NHS ester by various known means for subsequent coupling to an amino group on a biorecognition molecule.
  • a suitable method for synthesizing water-soluble (or colloidal) cyclodextrin polymer carriers of the instant invention is as follows;
  • a suitable amino-derivatized solid support is prepared. For instance, porous glass beads or predried silica gel is amino-derivatized with (3-aminopropyl)trimethoxysilane. The solid support is then treated for coupling (activated), with a bifunctional, cleavable disulfide coupling agent, DSP. The uncoupled reagents are removed.
  • amino-CD derivative or amino-2, 3 dihydroxypropyl beta cyclodextrin (amino-DHPCD) or amino-derivatized HPMA (amino-HPMA).
  • amino-DHPCD amino-2, 3 dihydroxypropyl beta cyclodextrin
  • amino-HPMA amino-derivatized HPMA
  • the initial CD or intermediate substance is then treated for additional coupling (activated) with a suitable bifunctional coupling agent that will react with the initial CD and subsequently couple to additional CD molecules.
  • a suitable bifunctional coupling agent that will react with the initial CD and subsequently couple to additional CD molecules.
  • an amino-reactive agent such as DSS is used.
  • the initial CD or intermediate substance can be treated with a diepoxy such as BDE. The unreacted coupling agent is then removed.
  • amino-DHPCD molecules which may include some halogenated alkylphalimide protected amino groups
  • amino-DHPCD molecules are then added to covalently couple to the initial CD or intermediate substance.
  • the unreacted amino-DHPCD molecules are then removed.
  • the immobilized preparation is then treated again for additional coupling with a suitable bifunctional coupling agent such as DSS or BDE.
  • a suitable bifunctional coupling agent such as DSS or BDE.
  • the unreacted coupling agent is then removed.
  • the drug-loaded polymer can be further cross-linked to dose the polymer and completely entrap the active agent
  • the amino-reactive coupling agent DSS is used to cross-link the available amino groups. If employed, previously protected amino groups are made available by a deprotection step before final cross-linking.
  • acid-labile linkages can be incorporated into the final cross-linking to provide controlled release of entrapped active agent.
  • vicinal hydroxyls on the DHPCD molecules of the open polymer can be oxidized to dialdehydes using Na metaperiodate. The dialdehydes are then coupled to hydrazine to provide acid-labile hydrazone linkages with terminal amino groups.
  • the open polymer is then loaded with drug as before and then closed by cross-linking the terminal amino groups.
  • the final cross-linking is done using a bifunctional, amino-reactive coupling agent such as DSS or BDE.
  • the drug-loaded carrier can be treated with acetic or succinic anhydride to give carboxylates that are converted to NHS esters through reaction with carbodiimides and N-hydroxysuccinimide.
  • the carrier can also be targeted by coupling it to a suitable biorecognition molecule.
  • a Cyclodextrin Polymer Carrier Prepared From a Cyclodextrin Monolayer
  • Another embodiment for a water-soluble (or colloidal) cyclodextrin polymer carrier can be synthesized wherein the cyclodextrin monomers are first cross-linked to form an open polymer that is in the form of a sheet or layer of cross-linked cyclodextrin molecules.
  • This embodiment can provide new advantages of organized structure and chemical properties.
  • CD molecules (or CD derivatives such as HPCD or DHPCD) are positioned on a surface so that their primary or secondary ends are facing the surface and their edges are within coupling distance of each other. Ideally, all of the CD molecules are oriented in the same direction.
  • One way of accomplishing this is to prepare a surface (i.e. a solid support or flexible surface) onto which guest molecules have been covalently coupled (i.e. through spacer groups) so that each guest is available to form an inclusion complex with a cyclodextrin.
  • guest molecules are used that force the cyclodextrin molecules to bind to them in only one orientation.
  • the guest molecules are just big enough, they will form the strongest binding inclusion complex by only entering the larger, secondary end of the cyclodextrin molecule and not the smaller primary end.
  • the most preferable inclusion compounds are well known for alpha CD, beta CD and gamma CD.
  • adamantane and anthracene derivatives bind primarily through the secondary end of beta CD
  • pyrene derivatives bind primarily through the secondary end of gamma CD.
  • 2-aminoanthracene can be replaced with a suitable amino-derivatized adamantane such as 1-aminoadamantane, 1-adamantane methyamine, or 1-adamantane carboxamide.
  • 2-aminoanthracene is coupled to amino-derivatized glass beads using a bifunctional NHS coupling agent such as DSS.
  • the 2-aminoanthracene is immobilized in very high density so that many molecules are within one beta CD diameter's distance apart (i.e. about 6 angstroms).
  • beta CD is mixed with the beads to form inclusion complexes with the immobilized 2-aminoanthracene on the bead surface.
  • the excess CD may be removed.
  • the complexed CD molecules are cross-linked with a diepoxy such as BDE, or a triepoxy such as glycerol propoxylate triglycidylether, so that every CD molecule is coupled to at least two (preferably 3 or 4) of its neighbor CD molecules.
  • a diepoxy such as BDE
  • a triepoxy such as glycerol propoxylate triglycidylether
  • derivatized CD molecules can be used such as amino-CD or amino-HPCD or amino-DHPCD, and then cross-linked using a cleavable, bifunctional coupling agent such as DSP, DST or EGS.
  • amino-CD molecules can be cross-linked using a suitable biocleavable coupling agent described herein.
  • the resulting open polymer is a sheet or monolayer of CD molecules (or CD derivatives with or without protected groups).
  • the resulting CD monolayer is then removed from the immobilized 2-aminoanthracene molecules by using a suitable competing solvent or surfactant to cause dissociation.
  • the CD monolayer is then mixed, in suitable solvent or aqueous buffer, with a drug or other active agent (i.e. paclitaxel) to allow the monolayer to form inclusion complexes with the drug.
  • a drug or other active agent i.e. paclitaxel
  • the drug-loaded CD monolayer is then further cross-linked to close the polymer and completely entrap the drug.
  • the resulting CD monolayer carrier can also be targeted by coupling it to a biorecognition molecule.
  • the CD monolayer carrier can be further derivatized to provide functional groups that are then used for coupling to the biorecognition molecule.
  • a new water-soluble (or colloidal) CD polymer carrier with potentially greater cytotoxic or catalytic efficiency can be synthesized by incorporating antenna substances.
  • An antenna substance is defined as certain light and/or energy collecting substances that transfer the energy to a catalyst or energy emitter in the carrier.
  • the various antenna substances of the invention can be conjugated and/or noncovalently coupled in “close proxnity” so that they will cooperatively participate in an energy transfer reaction resulting in the emission of energy or a product.
  • the most preferred application is in photodynamic therapy where photoactive agents are used to kill cancer cells.
  • the antenna substances can be coupled to the carrier in various ways to promote the most efficient cytotoxic or catalytic activity.
  • the antennas can be covalently coupled to the CD derivative or CD polymer, to the guest photoactive agent, or to an intermediate substance that is part of the CD carrier.
  • Certain photosynthetic antenna substances e.g. chlorophylls, pigments
  • Suitable antenna substances are any aliphatic, aromatic or heterocyclic compounds that are capable of collecting light energy or photons.
  • the most preferred antenna substances for use in photodynamic therapy are those that absorb infrared and far infrared light Examples include carotenoids, folic acids, retinols, retinals, rhodopsins, viologens, chlorophylls, bacteriochlorophylls, phycobiliproteins, phycoerythrins, porphyrins, MCe 6, open chain tetrapyrroles (bilins), tryptophan and/or tyrosine-containing substances (e.g. polypeptides), Rose Bengal, fluorophores, scintillators, and various derivatives, analogs and precursors of the antenna substances.
  • a cyclodextrin catalyst agent is a new invention defined herein as a cyclodextrin derivative of an individual cyclodextrin, or dimer, trimer or polymer, wherein the CD derivative host functions as an “artificial enzyme”, and certain guest molecules function as chemical substrates. When the chemical substrate comes in contact with the cyclodextrin catalyst agent under appropriate conditions, it is modified to produce a product that is inhibitory or toxic to certain cells, microbes or parasites.
  • the CD catalyst agent is coupled to a biorecognition molecule for targeting specific infected cells, cancer cells, tissues or disease organisms.
  • the CD catalyst agents can be synthesized to bind and modify prodrugs into active drugs and modify other specific substrates.
  • the CD catalyst agent can also catalyze specific reactions such as generate free radicals, including singlet or triplet oxygen that directly kills infected cells, cancer cells, or disease organisms.
  • Preferred CD catalyst agents include various photosensitizer substances, especially those used for singlet and triplet oxygen formation useful for photodynamic therapy (van Lier, J. E. In “Photodynamic Therapy of Neoplastic Disease”; Kessel, D., Ed., CRC Press, Boca Raton, Fla., 1990, Vol. I), including meso-chlorin e 6 monoethylenediamine (Mce 6 ), phytalocyanine, porphyrins and their derivatives and analogs.
  • the CD catalyst agent requires derivatives that provide a “recognition site” and one or more “catalytic groups” on the CD agent (e.g. references; Ikeda, VanEtten, Hirai or Tabushi).
  • the recognition site and catalytic groups can be provided through one or several derivatives, as needed.
  • the recognition site generally involves the hydrophobic cavity of the CD molecule, and provides a means for specifically binding and/or orienting the substrate of interest with the CD catalytic agent.
  • the catalytic groups are generally organic and/or inorganic chemical residues, functional groups and ionic species that provide a suitable chemical environment for promoting the catalytic reaction.
  • the catalytic groups can be any known chemical residue or species that provides the desired catalytic reaction, including carboxylates, imidazoles, histamines, hydroxyls, amines, amides, aldehydes, ketones, phosphates, sulfhydryls, halogens, amino adds, nucleic acids, chelators, and metals. Additional examples of suitable catalytic groups useful in the instant invention can be found in the art of derivatizing CD's and derivatizing or “genetic engineering” of antibodies for use as enzymes. Other suitable references are; M. L. Bender, I. Tabushi E. Baldwin, P. G. Schultz (below).
  • an improved CD catalyst agent can be synthesized wherein the recognition site and/or catalytic groups is provided or augmented through the use of one or more suitable captured guests, described herein, that interact (e.g. binding, alignment and/or excimer formation), with the substrate being catalyzed.
  • the captured guest is preferably coupled to the CD molecule by a suitable spacer group to allow interaction with the substrate, and can be any suitable aliphatic, aromatic, or heterocyclic compound, including any suitable inclusion compounds described herein.
  • Suitable CD catalyst agent reactions include hydrolysis (e.g. of any suitable ester or amide containing substrates), oxidation, dephosphorylation, acid-base catalysis, formylation, dichloromethylation, carboxylation, rearrangement, substitution, allylation, and halogenation, among others.
  • the catalyst CD agents can be prepared so that the catalyst CD product is inhibitory or toxic to certain cells, microbes or parasites.
  • the cyclodextrin catalyst agents can also be coupled to a variety of substances, such as biorecognition molecules, ligands, antigens, antibodies, nucleotides, nucleic acids, and liposomes, as well as to a variety of support materials including magnetic particles for use in assays and chemical processes.
  • An improved CD catalyst agent comprises the direct or indirect coupling of any suitable antenna substance described herein, to the CD molecule, for collection of light energy that is transferred to the CD catalyst and thereby accelerates the desired reaction such as in photodynamic therapy.
  • the helical segments of amyloses can be suitably polymerized, derivatized and/or capped to produce a carrier for drugs, nucleic acids and other active agents wherein suitable functional and/or coupling groups are included.
  • Yet another composition includes the use of “self assembly” substances coupled to the amylose.
  • these amylose polymers have the necessary properties to form an inclusion complex with all or part of a nucleic acid, especially those with little or no net charge such as certain sense and antisense ODNs.
  • these amylose polymers have primary, secondary or tertiary amine groups to provide the necessary cationic charge for complexing with all or part of a suitable nucleic acid.
  • Preferred substances are soluble or colloidal polymers of helical segments of amyloses. Especially useful are helical amylose molecules of more than 5 and less than 120 glucose units, that favor formation of rigid linear helixes.
  • a suitable amylose polymer or amylose segments are derivatized by various methods described herein for cyclodextrins, to provide cationic amine groups along the “edges” of the amylose chain. Then, a suitable anionic nucleic acid is mixed with the derivatized amylose to allow complexing to form between the cationic amylose and the anionic nucleic acid.
  • amylose segments are first derivatized before including a nucleic acid.
  • some or all of the available hydroxyl groups are suitably thiolated by various methods described herein for thiolating cyclodextrins, to provide sulfhydryl groups along the “edges” of the amylose chain.
  • Sulfhydryls are introduced through reaction of available hydroxyls with a suitable epoxy compound.
  • a suitable epoxy compound For instance, epichlorohydrin or a suitable diepoxy crosslinker previously described, is coupled to a CD or CD polymer wherein free epoxy groups are produced. Free epoxy groups are then reacted with sodium thiosulfate to give thiosulfate esters (e.g. Carlsson, supra). The thiosulfate esters are subsequently reduced to sulfhydryls with dithiothreitol.
  • nucleic acid is mixed with the derivatized amylose to allow inclusion complexes to form under mild reducing conditions.
  • the complex is exposed to mild oxidation, which causes the sulfhydryl groups to crosslink and entrap the nucleic acid in the amylose.
  • amylose segments are derivatized by various methods described herein for cyclodextrins, to provide amino groups along the “edges” of the amylose chain. Then, a nucleic acid or other active agent is mixed with the derivatized amylose to allow inclusion complexes to form. After the active agent is wholly or partially incorporated into the amylose, the complex is exposed to any suitable amino-specific crosslinking agent, which entraps the active agent within the amylose.
  • Another preferred embodiment has incorporated cross-links that contain biocleavable linkages between the sulfhydryl or amino groups as described previously.
  • Helical amylose polymers can be targeted by coupling them to biorecognition molecules such as proteins, polypeptides, lipids, lipoproteins, nucleic adds, surfactants, virus coat proteins, and organic molecules. They can include intermediate substances of acrylamides (HPMA), PEG, nylons, polystyrenes, resins, metals and celluloses, and their combinations.
  • biorecognition molecules such as proteins, polypeptides, lipids, lipoproteins, nucleic adds, surfactants, virus coat proteins, and organic molecules.
  • biorecognition molecules such as proteins, polypeptides, lipids, lipoproteins, nucleic adds, surfactants, virus coat proteins, and organic molecules. They can include intermediate substances of acrylamides (HPMA), PEG, nylons, polystyrenes, resins, metals and celluloses, and their combinations.
  • a micelle polymer carrier is a new invention defined herein as a water-soluble (or colloidal) micelle that has been suitably polymerized so that it completely entraps a nucleic acid or other active agent.
  • the formation of micelles for carrying drugs, nucleic acids and other active agents is well known.
  • micelle carriers of the prior art suffer from uncontrolled loss of the drug due to diffusion. This invention solves that problem through cross-linking the micelle components to completely entrap the drug or other active agent until it is delivered to the site of action.
  • any suitable technology now used for preparing drug-carrying micelles is applicable to the synthesis of this invention including disclosures of reagents for preparing liposomes and those of Alkan-Onyuksel, H., Pharmaceutical Res. 11, 206-212 (1994).
  • a distinguishing property of this invention is that the micelle-forming components must have suitable functional groups available on their hydrophilic “heads” to permit cross-linking after the micelle has been formed with a drug inside.
  • suitable micelles are formed that contain a drug. Then the head groups in the hydrophilic surface are suitably cross-linked using various bifunctional cross-linking agents so that the micelle cannot release the entrapped drug.
  • Another preferred embodiment has incorporated cross-links that contain biocleavable linkages as described previously. Also, this carrier can be suitably targeted by coupling suitable biorecognition molecules to the surface.
  • the purpose is to prepare a cure of water-soluble (or colloidal) amphiphilic cyclodextrin dimers, trimers and polymers with alkyl carbon chains attached.
  • the cyclodextrins are cross-linked through hydroxyl groups using 1,4 butanediol diglycidyl ether (BDE) at low pH to favor reaction at the primary hydroxyl groups.
  • BDE 1,4 butanediol diglycidyl ether
  • Excess BDE molecules coupled at one end to the CD provide terminal oxirane groups that are subsequently thiolated by reaction with thiosulfate and reduction.
  • Alkyl carbon chains ate coupled to the CD derivatives using a “long chain epoxy” that couples to other available hydroxyl groups (CD88).
  • the mixture was fractionated on a SephadexTM G15 column (2.5 ⁇ 47 cm) in water. The fractions were tested for relative carbohydrate and thiol concentration.
  • Carbohydrate was tested for by combining: 0.012 ml of sample, 0.01 ml of 1.5% 1-naphthol in methanol and finally 0.1 ml of 36N H 2 SO 4 to produce a color reaction.
  • the absorbance was read at 620 nm and sample carbohydrate concentration was calculated by linear regression using values from a cyclodextrin standard curve.
  • Thiol groups were tested for by combining: 0.008 ml of sample and 0.1 ml of 0.0125% 2,2′-dithio-bis(5-nitropyridine) (DTNP) in 62.5% isopropanol, pH 6 to produce a color reaction.
  • DTNP 2,2′-dithio-bis(5-nitropyridine)
  • the absorbance was read at 405 nm and sample thiol concentration was calculated by linear regression using values from a cysteine standard curve.
  • the purpose is to prepare cyclodextrin dimers, trimers and polymers crosslinked through biocleavable polypeptide linkages.
  • This reaction employs the hetero-bifunctional crosslinking agent, m-maliemidobenzoyl-N-hydroxysuccinimide ester (MBS) to crosslink an amino-containing cationic substance with the thiolated CD dimers, trimers and polymers of Preparation XVII (CD95).
  • MBS m-maliemidobenzoyl-N-hydroxysuccinimide ester
  • the biocleavable linkage of leucine enkephalinamide which contains the peptide sequence: Tyr-Gly-Gly-Phe-Leu (Sigma) is coupled to the cyclodextrin dimers, trimers and polymers.
  • the clear, brownish-orange mixture was exhaustively dialyzed first against 70%, then 35%, then 23% isopropanol, then finally distilled water in 2000 mwco dialysis tubing (Sigma). During the dialysis, the clear brownish-orange solution had turned very turbid with a precipitate, indicating a crosslinked product was produced.
  • the purpose is to prepare cyclodextrin dimers, trimers and polymers with cationic groups attached.
  • This reaction employs the hetero-bifunctional crosslinking agent, m-maliemido-benzoyl-N-hydroxysuccinimide ester (MBS) to crosslink an amino-containing cationic substance with the thiolated CD dimers, trimers and polymers of Preparation XVII (CD95).
  • MFS m-maliemido-benzoyl-N-hydroxysuccinimide ester
  • phosphoramidite groups can be coupled to adamantane or other suitable guests for use as CD linkers.
  • a new CD linker comprises phosphoramidite or other suitable nucleotide analog coupled to an adamantane dimer, adamantane trimer or small adamantane polymer (poly adamantane).
  • This new linker is synthesized to allow incorporation into nucleic acids without adversely affecting their function and may also include suitable protective groups such as FMOC as needed.
  • the resulting phosphoramidite-adamantane can then be used in DNA synthesizing machines for production of guest-linked oligonucleotides or ODNs or primers for PCR, with dimer or poly adamantane incorporated into their structure.
  • adamantanecarboxyate is combined with N-hydroxysuccinimide and an aromatic carbodiimide such as N,N-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide, at approximately equimolar ratios and reacted at RT for 1-3 Hrs.
  • N-hydroxysuccinimide adamantane (NHS-Adamantane)
  • is separated in the filtrate from precipitated dicyclohexylurea collected by evaporation and purified by column chromatography.
  • An adamantane dimer (or polymer) with an NHS ester group for coupling is made by first coupling the adamantanes to a suitable substance with two (or more) available amino groups (suitably temporarily protected if needed) and a carboxylate group.
  • suitable substance with two (or more) available amino groups (suitably temporarily protected if needed) and a carboxylate group.
  • Some examples are 3,5-diaminobenzoate, diaminopentanoic add (ornithine), lysine and carboxylated low molecular weight polyethylenimine, among others.
  • 1-adamantane carbonyl chloride is first coupled to the amino groups of 3,5-diaminobenzoate (or the temporarily protected ethyl ester if needed) in anhydrous conditions.
  • the unprotected carboxylate group of the resulting 3,5-di-adamantane benzoate is then derivatized to an NHS ester as described for NHS-Adamantane, above.
  • the NHS ester-adamantane dimer can then be coupled to any suitable drug nucleic acid or other active agent with an available amino group.
  • the 3,5-di-adamantane benzoate of A., above is derivatized to a maleimido ester instead of an NHS ester, for sulfhydryl coupling.
  • maleimido adamantane the compound 1-aminoadamantane is coupled through the amino group to m-maleimidobenzoyl-N-hydroxysuccinimide ester, leaving the maleimido group available for coupling to a thiol group.
  • iso-maleimido adamantane 1-aminoadamantane in suitable anhydrous solvent, is coupled through the amino group to maleic anhydride to give the maleamic acid derivative.
  • the maleamic acid derivative is then dehydrated in suitable anhydrous solvent using an appropriate dehydrating agent such as trifluoroacetic anhydride to produce the iso-maleimido adamantane available for coupling to an amino or thiol group.
  • an appropriate dehydrating agent such as trifluoroacetic anhydride

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Nanotechnology (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Biophysics (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • Medical Informatics (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • Biotechnology (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
  • Dispersion Chemistry (AREA)
  • Medicinal Preparation (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Medicines That Contain Protein Lipid Enzymes And Other Medicines (AREA)
  • Polysaccharides And Polysaccharide Derivatives (AREA)
  • Compositions Of Macromolecular Compounds (AREA)

Abstract

This invention discloses compositions of cyclodextrin polymers for carrying drugs and other active agents. Compositions are also disclosed of cyclodextrin polymer carriers that release drugs under controlled conditions. The invention also discloses compositions of cyclodextrin polymer carriers that are coupled to biorecognition molecules for targeting the delivery of drugs to their site of action.
The advantages of the water-soluble cyclodextrin polymer carrier are:
(1) Drugs can be used based on efficacy without solubility or conjugation requirements.
(2) Drugs can be delivered as macromolecules and released within the cell.
(3) Drugs can be targeted by coupling the carrier to biorecognition molecules.
(4) Synthesis methods are independent of the drug to facilitate multiple drug therapies.

Description

    RELATED PATENT APPLICATIONS
  • This is a continuation-in-part of PCT/US99/30820, filed Dec. 27, 1999, which is a continuation-in-part of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 09/223,055, filed Dec. 30, 1998, now U.S. Pat. No. 6,048,736, issued Apr. 11, 2000. The contents of those applications are incorporated herein.[0001]
    • TECHNICAL FIELD OF THE INVENTION
  • This invention discloses methods for preparing compositions of cyclodextrin polymers for carrying drugs and other active agents for therapeutic, medical or other uses. Methods are also disclosed for preparing cyclodextrin polymer carriers that release drugs and other active agents under controlled conditions. The invention also discloses methods for preparing compositions of cyclodextrin polymer carriers that are coupled to biorecognition molecules for targeting the delivery of drugs and other active agents to their site of action. [0002]
    • DESCRIPTION OF THE PRIOR ART
  • The pharmacokinetics of many anti-viral and anti-cancer drugs and other active agents that penetrate cells are not easily controlled. Therefore, there is a need for carriers of drugs that facilitate their solubility, delivery and effectiveness. When drugs are bound to polymers of the prior art they can be taken up at the cell surface and transferred to the nucleus. This permits modulation of drug uptake through cell surface properties. Also, drug release can be controlled using specific enzymes and other conditions within the cell. [0003]
  • Drugs and other active agents delivered as macromolecules through polymer carriers have gained acceptance as a way for improving nucleic acid therapies. Also, the prior art now employs drug-polypeptide complexes to re-direct drugs to selected target cells. However, because cyclodextrin polymers of the prior art lack any specific release mechanism, many of the advantages of cyclodextrins are limited. [0004]
  • The prior art of cyclodextrins has disclosed their use in labeling materials for in vitro testing (Kosak, PCT WO 91/05605, 1991), and in drug preparations (fitai, et al, U.S. Pat. No. 4,523,031 and 4,523,037). [0005]
  • The preparation and use of individual cyclodextrins conjugated to biorecognition molecules as drug carriers is disclosed by Weinshenker, U.S. Pat. No. 5,068,227; 1991, where each coupling site is limited to one drug molecule. However, Weinshenker makes no disclosures or suggestions for any cyclodextrin polymers and they cannot be made with the synthesis methods disclosed. [0006]
  • Review articles on the pharmaceutical applications of cyclodextrins have identified many problems due to the high turnover rate between inclusion complex formation and dissociation. Stella, V. J., et al., Pharmaceut. Res. 14, 556-567 (1997), report that even with the strongest theoretical binding constants, as soon as the complex of free cyclodextrin and drug is diluted in the bloodstream, over 30% is calculated to dissociate. Also, Rajewski, R., et al, J. Pharm. Sci. 85, 1142-1169 (1996), solubilized the anti-cancer drug Taxol with cyclodextrins. They reported on page 1145 that “any attempt to dilute the samples resulted in erratic precipitation” due to competitive displacement factors found in plasma. Because of these problems, cyclodextrins in the prior art are used for solubilizing and stabilizing certain drugs before or during administration but are not suitable for carrying and delivering drugs in the bloodstream. [0007]
  • The cyclodextrin polymer carriers of the instant invention overcome these problems and provide the new function of controlled release of drugs, which is not disclosed or suggested by the prior art. [0008]
    • SUMMARY DISCLOSURE OF THE INVENTION
  • It has been discovered that the water-soluble (or colloidal) cyclodextrin polymer carriers of the instant invention overcome the problems with individual (monomeric) cyclodextrins in the prior art. The instant invention provides new properties and unexpected advantages. In its simplest form, a cyclodextrin polymer carrier comprises a cyclodextrin polymer that has a nucleic acid or other active agent completely entrapped within it. [0009]
  • In one embodiment, the water-soluble (or colloidal) cyclodextrin polymers of the instant invention overcome the problem of low carrying capacity of individual cyclodextrins. Also, by complete entrapment of the guest molecules, the problem of losing drug or other active agent by diffusion when diluted in vivo, is solved. In another embodiment, the invention also provides a means for controlled release of the entrapped drug in vivo, which was not possible in the prior art of cyclodextrins. [0010]
  • In another embodiment, the invention also provides a means for targeting the cyclodextrin polymer carrier by coupling it to a biorecognition molecule. [0011]
  • The advantages of the water-soluble cyclodextrin polymer carrier are: [0012]
  • (1) Drugs can be used that are designed for efficacy without solubility or conjugation requirements. [0013]
  • (2) Drugs can be delivered as macromolecules and released within the cell. [0014]
  • (3) Drugs can be targeted by coupling the carrier to biorecognition molecules. [0015]
  • These are new advantages and functions provided for drug carrier technology that will also be useful for other drug delivery applications. These compositions and methods are unanticipated or suggested in the prior art. [0016]
    • INDUSTRIAL APPLICABILITY
  • These CD polymer carriers can be used in many fields of medicine to deliver therapeutic drugs and other active agents through a variety of routes including orally, nasally and parenterally. Other routes include various applications for delivery through ocular membranes and mucosal membranes, including the use of electric charge as in iontophoresis. [0017]
    • DESCRIPTION OF THE BEST MODES FOR CARRYING OUT THE INVENTION
  • For the purposes of disclosing this invention, certain words, phrases and terms used herein are defined as follows: [0018]
  • Active Agents. [0019]
  • Active agents function as the preferred guest molecules of the instant invention. Active agents that are preferred in the instant invention are chemicals and other substances that can form an inclusion complex with a cyclodextrin or cyclodextrin polymer and are inhibitory, antimetabolic, therapeutic or preventive toward any disease (i.e. cancer, syphilis, gonorrhea, influenza and heart disease) or inhibitory or toxic toward any disease causing agent. Preferred active agents are any therapeutic drugs categorized in The Merck Index, Eleventh Ed., Merck & Co. Inc., Rahway N.J. (1989) and those listed by Cserhati, T., Anal.Biochem. 225(2), 328-332 (1995). [0020]
  • Active agents include but are not limited to therapeutic drugs that include prodrugs, anticancer drugs, antineoplastic drugs, antifungal drugs, antibacterial drugs, antiviral drugs, cardiac drugs, neurological drugs, and drugs of abuse; alkaloids (i.e. camptothecins), antibiotics, bioactive peptides, steroids, steroid hormones, polypeptide hormones, interferons, interleukins, narcotics, nucleic acids including antisense oligonucleotides, pesticides and prostaglandins. [0021]
  • Active agents also include any toxins including aflatoxins, ricins, bungarotoxins, iotecan, ganciclovir, furosemide, indomethacin, chlorpromazine, methotrexate, cevine derivatives and analogs including cevadines, desatrines, and veratridine, among others. Also included but are not limited to, are; [0022]
  • various flavone derivatives and analogs including dihydroxyflavones (chrysins), trihydroxyflavones (apigenins), pentahydroxyflavones (morins), hexahydroxyflavones (myricetins), flavyliums, quercetins, fisetins; [0023]
  • various antibiotics including derivatives and analogs such as penicillin derivatives (i.e. ampicillin), anthracyclines (i.e. doxorubicin, daunorubicin, mitoxantrone), butoconazole, camptothecin, chalcomycin, chartreusin, chrysomicins (V and M), chloramphenicol, chlorotetracyclines, clomocyclines, cyclosporins, ellipticines, filipins, fungichromins, griseofulvin, griseoviridin, guamecyclines, macrolides (i.e. amphotericins, chlorothricin), methicillins, nystatins, chrymutasins, elsamicin, gilvocarin, ravidomycin, lankacidin-group antibiotics (i.e. lankamycin), mitomycin, teramycins, tetracyclines; [0024]
  • various anti-microbials including reserpine, spironolactone, sulfacetarnide sodium, sulphonamide, thiamphenicols, thiolutins; [0025]
  • various purine and pyrmidine derivatives and analogs including 5′-fluorouracil, 5′-fluoro-2′-deoxyuridine, and allopurinol; [0026]
  • various photosensitizer substances, especially those used for singlet and triplet oxygen formation useful for photodynamic therapy (van Lier, J. E. In “Photodynamic Therapy of Neoplastic Disease”; Kessel D., Ed., CRC Press, Boca Raton, Fla., 1990, Vol. I), including meso-chlorin e[0027] 6 monoethylenediamine (Mce6), phytalocyanine, porphyrins and their derivatives and analogs;
  • various steroidal compounds such as cortisones, estradiols, hydrocortisone, testosterones, prednisolones, progesterones, dexamethasones, beclomethasones and other methasone derivatives, other steroid derivatives and analogs including cholesterols, digitoxins, digoxins, digoxigenins; [0028]
  • various coumarin derivatives and analogs including dihydroxycoumarins (esculetins), dicumarols, chrysarobins, chrysophanic acids, emodins, secalonic acids; [0029]
  • various dopas, derivatives and analogs including dopas, dopamines, epinephrines, and norepinephrines (arterenols); [0030]
  • various antineoplastic agents or cell growth inhibitors such as cisplatins and taxanes including paclitaxel and docetaxel; [0031]
  • various barbiturates including phenobarbitone, amobarbital, allobarbital, pentobarbital and other barbital derivatives; [0032]
  • various benzene derivatives including amino-benzoic acid, bromobenzoic acid, benzocaine, benzodiazepines, benzothiazide, butyl-p-aminobenzoate; [0033]
  • various polypeptide derivatives; [0034]
  • various carboxylic acid derivatives such as bromoisovalerylurea, phenyl-butyric acid, phenyl-valeric acid; [0035]
  • Other active agents include, but are not limited to, diphenyl hydantoin, adiphenine, anethole, aspirin, azopropazone, bencyclane, chloralhydrate, chlorambucil, chlorpromazine, chlorogenin, cinnamic acid, clofibrate, coenzyme A, cyclohexyl anthranilate, diazepam, flufenamic acid, fluocinolone acetonide, flurbiprofen, guaiazulene, ibuprofen, indican, indomethacin, iodine, ketoprofen, mefanamic acid, menadione, metronidazole, nitrazepam, phenytoin, propylparaben, proscillaridin, quinolone, thalidomide, thiamine dilaurylsulphate, thiopental, triamcinolone, vitamins A, D3, E, K3, and warfarin. [0036]
  • Other specific active agents are anti-viral drugs, nucleic acids and other anti-viral substances including those against any DNA and RNA viruses, AIDS, HIV and hepatitis viruses, adenoviruses, alphaviruses, arenaviruses, coronaviruses, flaviviruses, herpesviruses, myxoviruses, oncornaviruses, papovaviruses, paramyxoviruses, parvoviruses, picornaviruses, poxviruses, reoviruses, rhabdoviruses, rhinoviruses, togaviruses and viriods; any anti-bacterial drugs, nucleic acids and other anti-bacterial substances including those against gram-negative and gram-positive bacteria, acinetobacter, achromobacter, bacteroides, clostridium, chlamydia, enterobacteria, haemophilus, lactobacillus, neisseria, staphyloccus, and streptoccocus; any anti-fungal drugs, nucleic acids and other anti-fungal substances including those against aspergillus, candida, coccidiodes, mycoses, phycomycetes, and yeasts; any drugs, nucleic acids and other substances against mycoplasma and rickettsia; any anti-protozoan drugs, nucleic acids and other substances; any anti-parasitic drugs, nucleic acids and other substances; any drugs, nucleic acids and other substances against heart diseases, tumors, and virus infected cells, among others. [0037]
  • Nucleic Acid Active Agents. [0038]
  • For the purposes of this invention, certain nucleic acids are preferred as a specific class of active agents directed against viral and other microbial diseases, against cancers, autoimmune and genetic diseases. Specific nucleic acid active agents include any anti-bacterial, anti-cancer, anti-fungal, anti-viral, anti-parasitic and anti-protozoan nucleic acids. They also include specific DNA sequences used for gene therapy. [0039]
  • Nucleic add active agents include all types of RNA (including messenger RNA), all types of DNA, and oligonucleotides including probes and primers used in the polymerase chain reaction (PCR), hybridizations or DNA sequencing. Also preferred are phosphodiester sense or antisense oligonudeotides, sense or antisense oligodeoxynucleotides (ODN) and any sense or antisense oligonucleotides or oligodeoxynucleotides where the sugar-phosphate “backbone” has been derivatized or replaced with “backbone analogues” or linkages such as with phosphorothioates, phosphorodithioates, phosphoroamidates, alkyl phosphotriesters, or methylphosphonates. Also preferred are any sense or antisense oligonudeotides or oligodeoxynucleotides with non-phosphorous backbone analogues or linkages such as sulfamates, 3′-thioformacetals, methylene(methylimino), 3′-N-carbamates, or morpholino carbamates. [0040]
  • Some preferred examples of synthetic oligonucleotides and ODNs are disclosed by J. F. Milligan, et al., J. Medicinal Chem. 36(14): 1923-1937 (1993) and Y. Shoji et al., Antimicrob. Agents Chemotherapy, 40(7):1670-1675 (1996). Also included are synthetic nucleic acid polymers and peptide nucleic acids (PNA) disclosed by Egholm, et al, Nature 365:566-568(1993) and references therein, including PNA damps (Nucleic Acids Res. 23:217(1995)). Also included are nucleotide mimics or co-oligomers like phosphoric add ester nucleic adds (PHONA), disclosed by Peyman, et al., Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl. 36:2809-2812 (1997). Also included are DNA and/or RNA fragments, and derivatives from any tissue, cells, nuclei, chromosomes, cytoplasm, mitochondria, ribosomes, and other cellular sources. [0041]
  • Biocleavable Linkage or Bond. [0042]
  • For the instant invention, biocleavable linkages are defined as types of specific chemical moieties or groups used within the chemical substances that covalently or non-covalently couple and cross-link the cyclodextrin polymer carriers. They are contained in certain embodiments of the instant invention that provide the function of controlled release of an entrapped drug or other active agent. Biocleavable linkages or bonds are defined here under distinct categories or types. [0043]
  • One category comprises the disulfide linkages and ester bonds that are well known for covalently coupling drugs to polymers. For drug delivery, they may be more useful for shorter periods in vivo since they are cleaved in the bloodstream relatively easily. Ester bonds include those between any acid and alcohol, and imidoesters formed from alkyl imidates. [0044]
  • Another category comprises linkages or bonds that are more specifically cleaved after entering the cell (intracellular cleavage). The preferred linkages for release of drugs within the cell are cleavable in acidic conditions like those found in lysosomes. One example is an acid-sensitive (or acid-labile) hydrazone linkage as described by Greenfield, et al, Cancer Res. 50, 6600-6607 (1990), and references therein. Also preferred are certain natural or synthetic polypeptide linkages that contain certain amino acid sequences (i.e. usually hydrophobic) that are cleaved by specific enzymes such as cathepsins, found primarily inside the cell. Using the convention of starting with the amino or “N” terminus on the left and the carboxyl or “C” terminus on the right, some examples are: any polypeptide linkages that contain the sequence Phe-Leu, Leu-Phe or Phe-Phe, such as Gly-Phe-Leu, Gly-Leu-Phe, Gly-Phe-Leu-Gly, Gly-Phe-Leu-Phe-Gly and Gly-Phe-Phe-Gly, and others that have either of the Gly residues substituted for one or more other peptides. Other linkage sequences included are leucine enkephalin derivatives such as Tyr-Gly-Gly-Phe-Leu, and the like. [0045]
  • Another preferred type of biocleavable linkage is any “hindered” or “protected” disulfide bond that sterically inhibits attack from thiolate ions. Examples of such protected disulfide bonds are found in the coupling agents: S-4-succinnimdyl-oxycarbonyl-ø-methyl benzyl thiosulfate (SMBT) and 4succninidyloxycarbonyl-ø-methyl-ø-(2-pyridyldithio) toluene (SMPT). Another useful coupling agent resistant to reduction is SPDB disclosed by Worrell, et al., Anticancer Drug Design 1:179-188 (1986). Also included are certain aryldithio thioimidates, substituted with a methyl or phenyl group adjacent to the disulfide, which include ethyl S-acetyl 3-mercaptobutyrothioimidate (M-AMPT)and 3-(4-carboxyamidophenyldithio) proprionthioimidate (CDPT), disclosed by S. Arpicco, et al., Bioconj. Chem. 8 (3):327-337 (1997). Another preferred category is certain linkages or bonds subject to hydrolysis that include various aldehyde bonds with amino or sulfhydryl groups. Also included are amide bonds such as when N-hydroxysuccinimide ester (NHS ester) reacts with amines. [0046]
  • Biorecognition Molecules. [0047]
  • For the purposes of this invention, biorecognition molecules are those that bind to a specific biological substance or site. The biological substance or site is considered the “target” of the biorecognition molecule that binds to it. In the prior art, many drugs are “targeted” by coupling them to a biorecognition molecule that has a specific binding affinity for the cells, tissue or organism that the drug is intended for. For targeting a drug or other active agent in this invention, a biorecognition molecule is coupled to a cyclodextrin polymer carrier that is used to entrap the drug. Examples of biorecognition molecules are described below. [0048]
  • Ligand. [0049]
  • A ligand functions as a type of biorecognition molecule defined as a selectively bindable material that has a selective (or specific), affinity for another substance. The ligand is recognized and bound by a usually, but not necessarily, larger specific binding body or “binding partner”, or “receptor”. Examples of ligands suitable for targeting are antigens, haptens, biotin, biotin derivatives, lectins, galactosamine and fucosylamine moieties, receptors, substrates, coenzymes and cofactors among others. [0050]
  • When applied to the cyclodextrin polymers of this invention, a ligand includes an antigen or hapten that is capable of being bound by, or to, its corresponding antibody or fraction thereof. Also included are viral antigens or hemagglutinins and neuraminidases and nucleocapsids including those from any DNA and RNA viruses, AIDS, HIV and hepatitis viruses, adenoviruses, alphaviruses, arenaviruses, coronaviruses, flaviviruses, herpesviruses, myxoviruses, oncornaviruses, papovaviruses, paramyxoviruses, parvoviruses, picornaviruses, poxviruses, reoviruses, rhabdoviruses, rhinoviruses, togaviruses and viroids; any bacterial antigens including those of gram-negative and gram-positive bacteria, acinetobacter, achromobacter, bacteroides, clostridium, chlamydia, enterobacteria, haemophilus, lactobacillus, neisseria, staphyloccus, and streptoccocus; any fungal antigens including those of aspergillus, candida, coccidiodes, mycoses, phycomycetes, and yeasts; any mycoplasma antigens; any rickettsial antigens; any protozoan antigens; any parasite antigens; any human antigens including those of blood cells, virus infected cells, genetic markers, heart diseases, oncoproteins, plasma proteins, complement factors, rheumatoid factors. Included are cancer and tumor antigens such as alpha-fetoproteins, prostate specific antigen (PSA) and CEA, cancer markers and oncoproteins, among others. [0051]
  • Other substances that can function as ligands for biorecognition are certain vitamins (i.e. folic acid, B[0052] 12), steroids, prostaglandins, carbohydrates, lipids, antibiotics, drugs, digoxins, pesticides, narcotics, neuro-transmitters, and substances used or modified such that they function as ligands. Most preferred are certain proteins or protein fragments (i.e. hormones, toxins), and synthetic or natural polypeptides with cell affinity. Ligands also include various substances with selective affinity for ligators that are produced through recombinant DNA, genetic and molecular engineering. Except when stated otherwise, ligands of the instant invention also include the ligands as defined by K. E. Rubenstein, et al, U.S. Pat. No. 3,817,837 (1974).
  • Ligator. [0053]
  • A ligator functions as a type of biorecognition molecule defined for this invention as a specific binding body or “partner” or “receptor”, that is usually, but not necessarily, larger than the ligand it can bind to. For the purposes of this invention, it is a specific substance or material or chemical or “reactant” that is capable of selective affinity binding with a specific ligand. A ligator can be a protein such as an antibody, a nonprotein binding body or a “specific reactor.”[0054]
  • When applied to this invention, a ligator includes an antibody, which is defined to include all classes of antibodies, monoclonal antibodies, chimeric antibodies, Fab fractions, fragments and derivatives thereof. Under certain conditions, the instant invention is also applicable to using other substances as ligators. For instance, other ligators suitable for targeting include naturally occurring receptors, any hemagglutinins and cell membrane and nuclear derivatives that bind specifically to hormones, vitamins, drugs, antibiotics, cancer markers, genetic markers, viruses, and histocompatibility markers. Another group of ligators includes any RNA and DNA binding substances such as polyethylenimine (PEI) and polypeptides or proteins such as histones and protamines. [0055]
  • Other ligators also include enzymes, especially cell surface enzymes such as neuraminidases, plasma proteins, avidins, streptavidins, chalones, cavitands, thyroglobulin, intrinsic factor, globulins, chelators, surfactants, organometallic substances, staphylococcal protein A, protein G, ribosomes, bacteriophages, cytochromes, lectins, certain resins, and organic polymers. [0056]
  • Preferred biorecognition molecules also include various substances such as any proteins, protein fragments or polypeptides with affinity for the surface of any cells, tissues or microorganisms that are produced through recombinant DNA, genetic and molecular engineering. For instance, any suitable membrane transfer proteins such as TAT, from HIV virus. [0057]
  • Nucleic Acid Biorecognition Molecules. [0058]
  • For the purposes of this invention, certain nucleic acids can function as biorecognition molecules. A nucleic acid biorecognition molecule is defined as any nucleic acid sequence from any source that is coupled to the cyclodextrin polymer carrier for targeting a specific type of microbe, cell or tissue. [0059]
  • Preferred nucleic acid biorecognition molecules are sequences that “recognize” or hybridize with a disease-specific nucleic acid sequence (i.e. mRNA or DNA) found within a target cell, as described by Z. Ma, et al., PNAS 97, 11159-11163 (2000). A CD carrier containing a suitable active agent or, a CD catalytic agent of this invention, would be coupled to a suitable nucleic acid that recognized a disease-specific sequence in a cell. [0060]
  • Nucleic acid biorecognition molecules include all types of RNA, all types of DNA, and oligonucleotides including probes and primers used in the polymerase chain reaction (PCR), or DNA sequencing. Also included are synthetic nucleic acid polymers and peptide nucleic acids (PNA) disclosed by Egholm, et al, Nature 365:566-568(1993) and references therein, including PNA clamps (Nucleic Acids Res. 23:217(1995)). Also included are DNA and/or RNA fragments, and derivatives from any tissue, cells, nuclei, chromosomes, cytoplasm, mitochondria, ribosomes, and other cellular sources. [0061]
  • Cyclodextrin. [0062]
  • A cyclodextrin (CD), is an oligosaccharide composed of glucose monomers coupled together to form a conical hollow molecule with a hydrophobic interior or cavity. The cyclodextrins of the instant invention can be any suitable cyclodextrin, including alpha-, beta-, and gamma-cyclodextrins, and their combinations, analogs, isomers, and derivatives. They function as components in the synthesis of the cyclodextrin polymer carriers of the instant invention. [0063]
  • In describing this invention, references to a cyclodextrin “complex”, means a noncovalent inclusion complex. An inclusion complex is defined herein as a cyclodextrin functioning as a “host” molecule, combined with one or more “guest” molecules that are contained or bound, wholly or partially, within the hydrophobic cavity of the cyclodextrin or its derivative. [0064]
  • Most preferred are cyclodextrin dimers, trimers and polymers containing cyclodextrin derivatives such as carboxymethyl CD, glucosyl CD, maltosyl CD, hydroxypropyl cyclodextrins (HPCD), 2-hydroxypropyl cyclodextrins, 2,3-dihydroxypropyl cyclodextrins (DHPCD), sulfobutylether cyclodextrins (SBECD), ethylated and methylated cyclodextrins. [0065]
  • Also preferred are oxidized cyclodextrins that provide aldehydes and any oxidized forms of any cyclodextrn polymers or derivatives that provide aldehydes. Some examples of suitable derivatives are disclosed by Pitha, J., et al, J. Pharm. Sci. 75, 165-167 (1986) and Pitha, J., et al, Int. J. Pharmaceut. 29, 73-82 (1986). [0066]
  • Also preferred are any amphiphilic CD derivatives such as those disclosed by Y. Kawabata, et al., Chem. Lett. p1933 (1986), K Chmurski, et al., Langmuir 12, 4046 (1996), P. Zhang, et al., Tetr. Lett. 32, No.24, 2769 (1991), P. Zhang, et al., J. Phys. Org. Chem. 5, 518 (1992), M. Tanaka, et al., Chem. Lett. p1307 (1987), S. Taneva, et aL, Langmuir 5, 111 (1989), M. Weisser, et al., J. Phys. Chem. 100, 17893 (1996), L. A. Godinez, et al., Langmuir 14, 137 (1998) and D. Duchene, “International Pharmaceut. Applic. of Cyclodextrins Conference”, Lawrence, Kans., USA, June 1997. [0067]
  • Also included are altered forms, such as crown ether-like compounds prepared by Kandra, L., et al, J. Inclus. Phenom. 2, 869-875 (1984), and higher homologues of cyclodextrins, such as those prepared by PulLey, et al, Biochem. Biophys. Res. Comm. 5, 11 (1961). Some useful reviews on cyclodextrins are: Atwood J. E. D., et al, Eds., “Inclusion Compounds”, vols. 2 & 3, Academic Press, NY (1984); Bender, M. L., et al, “Cyclodextnin Chemistry”, Springer-Verlag, Berlin, (1978) and Szejtli, J., “Cyclodextrins and Their Inclusion Complexes”, Akademiai Kiado, Budapest, Hungary (1982). These references, including references contained therein, are applicable to the synthesis of the preparations and components of the instant invention and are hereby incorporated herein by reference. [0068]
  • Cyclodextrin Dimers, Trimers and Polymers. [0069]
  • For this invention, individual cyclodextrin (CD-monomer) derivatives function as the primary building structures, or components, or units used to synthesize the water-soluble (or colloidal) cyclodextrin polymer carriers. Also, certain preferred CD dimers, and trimers of this invention are not used as building units for polymers and can function as drug carriers or excipients without additional crosslinking. [0070]
  • A cyclodextrin dimer is defined as two cyclodextrin molecules covalently coupled or cross-linked together to enable cooperative complexing with a guest molecule. Examples of some CD dimers that can be derivatized and used in the drug carriers of this invention, are described by; Breslow, R., et al, Amer. Chem. Soc. 111, 8296-8297 (1989); Breslow, R., et a, Amer. Chem. Soc. 105, 1390 (1983) and Fujita, K., et al, J. Chem. Soc., Chem. Commun., 1277 (1984). [0071]
  • A cyclodextrin trimer is defined as three cyclodextrin molecules covalently coupled or cross-linked together to enable cooperative complexing with a guest molecule. A cyclodextrin polymer is defined as a unit of more than three cyclodextrin molecules covalently coupled or cross-linked together to enable cooperative complexing with several guest molecules. [0072]
  • A CD-block is defined as a CD dimer, trimer or polymer that is used as the primary component, or unit (i.e. building block) for additional crosslinking with other CD dimers, trimers or polymers to synthesize a CD polymer carrier. Generally this involves at least two crosslinking steps, where first the CD-blocks are prepared by crosslinking CD monomers and derivatized or activated for subsequent coupling. Then the CD-blocks are crosslinked in a second reaction to entrap the active agent in the final CD carrier composition. An example of this method is given below. [0073]
  • For this invention, preferred cyclodextrin dimer, trimer and polymer units or blocks are synthesized by covalently coupling through chemical groups such as through coupling agents generally not to exceed 50 angstroms in spacer length. The synthesis of preferred cyclodextrin dimer, trimer and polymer units or CD blocks does not include the use of proteins or other “intermediate coupling substances” (defined below), which can be incorporated during final synthesis of the cyclodextrin polymer carrier. Cooperative complexing means that in situations where the guest molecule is large enough, the member cyclodextrins of the CD dimer, trimer or polymer can each noncovalently complex with different parts of the same guest molecule, or with smaller guests, alternately complex with the same guest. [0074]
  • The prior art has disclosed dimers and polymers comprised of cyclodextrins of the same size. An improved cyclodextrin dimer, trimer or polymer comprises combinations of different sized cyclodextrins to synthesize these units. These combinations may more effectively complex with guest molecules that have heterogeneous complexing sites. Combinations for this invention can include the covalent coupling of an alpha CD with a beta CD, an alpha CD with a gamma CD, a beta CD with a gamma CD and polymers with various ratios of alpha, beta and gamma cyclodextrins. [0075]
  • Cyclodextrin Polymer Carrier. [0076]
  • A water-soluble (or colloidal) cyclodextrin polymer carrier is a new composition provided by the instant invention. It is defined herein as a polymer of cross-linked cyclodextrin derivatives that has the distinguishing property of having incorporated a drug or other active agent as a “captured guest”. The “capture” of the guest stabilizes the carrier complex and overcomes the problem in the prior art of the CD host and guest molecules separating by diffusion. Generally, the agent has also formed a noncovalent “inclusion complex”, or “inclusion compound” with the cyclodextrins of the polymer. [0077]
  • Self-Assembled Cyclodextrin Polymer Carrier. [0078]
  • A self-assembled, or self-coupled or auto-assembled cyclodextrin polymer carrier is a new composition provided by the instant invention. It is defined herein as a water-soluble (or colloidal) polymer of cross-linked cyclodextrin derivatives that has the distinguishing property of having incorporated a drug or other active agent as a “captured guest”. The “capture” of the guest also includes stabilizing the carrier complex and overcomes the problem in the prior art of the CD host and guest molecules separating by diffusion. [0079]
  • Captured Guest Cyclodextrin Polymer Carrier. [0080]
  • In a preferred embodiment the capturing is accomplished through complete physical entrapment by the water-soluble (or colloidal) CD polymer carrier. In this embodiment, “completely entrapped” means that a captured guest is not covalently coupled to the polymer but is physically entrapped by the covalently cross-linked polymer of cyclodextrin molecules so that no significant amount of active agent can leave the polymer by diffusion or extraction. Completely entrapped smaller guest molecules such as drugs and ligands are suitably “non-diffusable”, by being entrapped wholly within the polymer. [0081]
  • Completely entrapped larger guests such as proteins, polypeptides, and nucleic acids (DNA, RNA, oligonucleotides) are suitably non-diffusable by being entrapped wholly or partially so that the guest and polymer still cannot separate by diffusion. Completely entrapped guests cannot escape until the polymer itself has been degraded or the covalent cross-link bonds are cleaved. In this embodiment, essentially all possible exit routes for the guest to leave the polymer have been closed by cross-linking. Therefore, additional guest molecules (of that size or larger) cannot enter the dosed polymer to be added to the cyclodextrin polymer carrier. [0082]
  • This is made possible through the unique method for synthesizing the cyclodextrin polymer carriers of the instant invention. The distinguishing principal of the method is that the guest molecules are completely entrapped during polymerization or during the final cross-linking step of making the polymer carrier. Initially, guest molecules are mixed with the “open” components of the cyclodextrin polymer, which may comprise individual cyclodextrins (or derivatives), cyclodextrin dimers, trimers or an open cyclodextrin polymer. An open cyclodextrin polymer means that the polymer is only partially cross-linked so that guest molecules can enter or associate with the polymer by diffusion and form complexes with member cyclodextrins. In the final synthesis step of the polymer carrier, the polymer is closed by additional covalent cross-linking which completely entraps the guests as defined previously. [0083]
  • Controlled Release. [0084]
  • For this invention, controlled release is defined as the release of a captured guest from the CD polymer carrier only by cleavage of certain covalent linkages that were used to synthesize the carrier. This definition specifically excludes release by diffusion until said linkages are cleaved. [0085]
  • Targeted Cyclodextrin Polymer Carriers. [0086]
  • A targeted cyclodextrin (CD) polymer carrier is an embodiment of this invention composed of a water-soluble (or colloidal) cyclodextrin polymer carrier, or derivative described herein, that has a biorecognition molecule covalently coupled to its surface. However, the biorecognition molecule is not an inclusion complex within the cyclodextrin carrier. The carrier is thereby targeted through the specific binding properties of the biorecognition molecule coupled to the surface. [0087]
  • During the coupling, the functions of the biorecognition molecule and the targeted CD polymer carrier are not irreversibly or adversely inhibited. Preferably, the biorecognition molecule maintains specific binding properties that are functionally identical or homologous to those it had before coupling. Preferably, the biorecognition molecule is coupled through a suitable spacer to avoid steric hindrance. [0088]
  • Targeted cyclodextrin polymer carriers coupled to avidin and streptavidin are useful for subsequent noncovalent coupling to any suitable biotinylated substance. Similarly, cyclodextrin polymer carriers coupled to antibody can be noncovalently coupled to another antibody, or to a nucleic acid or other suitable substance that has the appropriate biorecognition properties. Another useful cyclodextrin carrier comprises protein A, protein G, or any suitable lectin or polypeptide that has been covalently coupled to a cyclodextrin polymer carrier. [0089]
  • Biocleavable Cross-Linking Agent. [0090]
  • A biocleavable cross-linking agent comprises a new composition for facilitating the synthesis of drug carriers with controlled release. In one embodiment it is comprised of a biocleavable sequence of amino acids between suitable compounds that comprise or contain amino-reactive or thiol-reactive coupling groups at each end for direct coupling to amino or sulfhydryl groups on an active agent or polymer. Using the convention of starting with the amino or “N” terminus on the left and the carboxyl or “C” terminus on the right, some examples are: any polypeptide compounds that contain the sequence Phe-Leu, Leu-Phe or Phe-Phe, such as Gly-Phe-Leu, Gly-Leu-Phe, Gly-Phe-Leu-Gly, Gly-Phe-Leu-Phe-Gly and Gly-Phe-Phe-Gly, Gly-Phe-Leu-Gly-Lys, Lys-Gly-Phe-Leu-Gly-Lys and others that have either of the Gly residues substituted for one or more other peptides. Also included are leucine enkephalin derivatives such as Tyr-Gly-Gly-Phe-Leu. A preferred embodiment comprises a polypeptide with a biocleavable sequence as described, and also includes terminal compounds with coupling groups such as N-succinimidyl N-maleimidyl, iodoacetal, bromoacetal oxirane or imidoester coupling groups on each end. [0091]
  • For acid-labile biocleavable cross-linking agents, one embodiment comprises a bifunctional coupling agent with a hydrazone linkage incorporated into it. For instance, it would comprise a hydrazone linkage between suitable compounds comprising aliphatic chains or aromatic groups that have terminal N-succinimidyl, N-maleimidyl, p-nitrophenyl ester (ONp), iodoacetal, bromoacetal oxirane or imidoester coupling groups on each end. One example for synthesizing an acid-labile biocleavable coupling agent is to first react an excess of hydrazinobenzoic acid with glutaraldehyde to couple one hydrazinobenzoic acid at each end of the dialdehyde. This produces hydrazone linkages with terminal carboxyl groups at each end. The terminal carboxyl groups are then converted to N-succinimidyl ester groups. [0092]
  • Coupling. [0093]
  • For the instant invention, two distinct types of coupling are defined. One type of coupling can be through noncovalent, “attractive” binding as with a guest molecule and cyclodextrin, antigen and antibody or biotin and avidin. Noncovalent coupling is binding between substances through ionic or hydrogen bonding or van der waals forces, and/or their hydrophobic or hydrophilic properties. [0094]
  • Unless stated otherwise, the preferred coupling used in the instant invention is through covalent, electron-pair bonds or linkages. Many methods and agents for covalently coupling (or crosslinking) cyclodextrins and cyclodextrin derivatives are known and, with appropriate modification, can be used to couple the desired substances through their “functional groups” for use in this invention. [0095]
  • Where stability is desired, the preferred linkages are amide bonds, peptide bonds, ether bonds, and thio ether bonds, among others. [0096]
  • Functional Group. [0097]
  • A functional group is defined here as a potentially reactive site on a substance where one or more atoms are available for covalent coupling to some other substance. When needed, functional groups can be added to various substances through derivatization or substitution reactions. [0098]
  • Examples of functional groups are aldehydes, allyls, amines, amides, azides, carboxyls, carbonyls, epoxys (oxiranes), ethynyls, hydroxyls, ketones, certain metals, nitrenes, phosphates, propargyls, sulfhydryls, sulfonyls, phenolic hydroxyls, indoles, bromines, chlorines, iodines, and others. The prior art has shown that most, if not all of these functional groups can be incorporated into or added to cyclodextrins, biorecognition molecules, drugs, nucleic acids and support materials. [0099]
  • Cross-Linking or Coupling Agent. [0100]
  • A coupling agent (or cross-linking agent), is defined as a chemical substance that produces and/or reacts with functional groups on a substance to produce covalent coupling, cross-linking, or conjugation with that substance. Because of the stability of covalent coupling, this is the preferred method. Depending on the chemical makeup or functional group on the cyclodextrin, nucleic acid, or biorecognition molecule, the appropriate coupling agent is used to provide the necessary active functional group or to react with the functional group. In certain preparations of the instant invention, coupling agents are needed that provide a spacer between cross-linked cyclodextrins or between cyclodextrin and a biorecognition molecule to overcome steric hindrance. Preferably, the spacer is a substance of 4 or more carbon atoms in length and can include aliphatic, aromatic and heterocyclic structures. [0101]
  • With appropriate modifications by one skilled in the art, the coupling methods referenced in U.S. Pat. No. 6,048,736 and PCr/US99/30820, including references contained therein, are applicable to the synthesis of the preparations and components of the instant invention and are hereby incorporated by reference, herein: [0102]
  • Examples of energy activated coupling or cross-linking agents are ultraviolet (UV), visible and radioactive radiation that can promote coupling or crosslinking of suitably derivatized cyclodextrins. Examples are photochemical coupling agents disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 4,737,454, among others. Also useful in synthesizing components of the instant invention are enzymes that produce covalent coupling such as nucleic acid polymerases and ligases, among others. [0103]
  • In some preferred aspects of this invention, cyclodextrin dimers, trimers and polymers are first prepared for use as the primary components, or CD-blocks to synthesize the cyclodextrin polymer carriers. Useful derivatizing and/or coupling agents for preparing CD-blocks are bifunctional, trifunctional or polyfunctional crosslinking agents that will covalently couple to the hydroxyl groups of cyclodextrin. Some preferred examples are oxiranes such as epichlorohydrin, epoxides such as 1,4 butanediol diglycidyl ether (BDE), glycerol diglycidyl ether (GDE), trimethylolpropane triglycidyl ether (TMTE), glycerol propoxylate triglycidyl ether (GPNI), 1,3-butadiene diepoxide, triphenylolmethane triglycidyl ether, 4,4′-methylenebis (N,N-diglycidylaniline), tetraphenylolethane glycidyl ether, bisphenol A diglycidyl ether, bisphenol A propoxylate diglycidyl ether, bisphenol F diglycidyl ether, cyclohexanedimethanol diglycidyl ether, 2,2′-oxybis (6-oxabicyclo[3.1.0] hexane), polyoxyethylene bis(glycidyl ether), resorcinol diglycidyl ether, ethylene glycol diglycidyl ether (EGDE) and low molecular weight forms of poly(ethylene glycol) diglycidyl ethers or polypropylene glycol) diglycidyl ethers, among others. [0104]
  • Other preferred derivatizing and/or coupling agents for hydroxyl groups are various disulfonyl compounds such as benzene-1,3-disulfonyl chloride and 4,4′-biphenyl disulfonyl chloride and also divinyl sulfone, among others. [0105]
  • Most preferred coupling agents are also chemical substances that can provide the bio-compatible linkages for synthesizing the cyclodextrin polymer carriers of the instant invention. Covalent coupling or conjugation can be done through functional groups using coupling agents such as glutaraldehyde, formaldehyde, cyanogen bromide, azides, p-benzoquinone, maleic or succinic anhydrides, carbodiimides, epichlorohydrin, ethyl chloroformate, dipyridyl disulfide and polyaldehydes. [0106]
  • Also most preferred are derivatizing and/or coupling agents that couple to thiol groups (“thiol-reactive”) such as agents with any maleimide, vinylsulfonyl, bromoacetal or iodoacetal groups, including any bifunctional or polyfunctional forms. Examples are m-maleimidobenzoyl-N-hydroxysuccinimide ester (MBS), succinimidyl-4-(N-maleimidomethyl)cydohexane-1-carboxylate (SMCC), succinimidyl 4-(p-maleimidophenyl)butyrate (SMPB), dithiobis-N-ethylmaleimide (DTEM), 1,1′-(methylenedi-4,1-phenylene) bismaleimide (MPBM), o-phenylenebismaleimide, N-succinimidyl iodoacetate (SIA), N-succinimidyl-(4-vinylsulfonyl) benzoate (SVSB), and Tris-(2-maleimidoethyl) amine (TMEA) among others. [0107]
  • Other coupling groups or agents useful in the instant invention are: p-nitrophenyl ester (ONp), bifunctional imidoesters such as dimethyl adipimidate (DMA), dimethyl pimelimidate (DMP), dimethyl suberimidate (DMS), methyl 4-mercaptobutyrimidate, dimethyl 3,3′-dithiobis-propionimidate (DTBP), and 2-iminothiolane (Traut's reagent); [0108]
  • bifunctional NHS esters such as disuccinimidyl suberate (DSS), bis[2-(succinimidooxycarbonyloxy)ethyl]sulfone (BSOCOES), disuccinimidyl (N,N′-diacetylhomocystein) (DSAH), disuccinimidyl tartrate (DST), dithiobis(succinimidyl propionate) (DSP), and ethylene glycol bis(succinimidyl succinate) (EGS), including various derivatives such as their sulfo-forms; [0109]
  • heterobifunctional reagents such as N-5-azido-2-nitrobenzoyloxysuccinimide (ANB-NOS), p-azidophenacyl bromide, p-azidophenylglyoxal, 4-fluoro-3-nitrophenyl azide (FNPA), N-hydroxysuccinimidyl-4azidobenzoate (HSAB), methyl-4-azidobenzoimidate (MABI), p-nitrophenyl 2-diazo-3,3,3-trifluoropropionate, N-succinimidyl-6(4′-azido-2′-nitrophenylamino) hexanoate (Lomant's reagent II), N-succinimidyl (4-azidophenyldithio)propionate (SADP), N-succinimidyl-3-(2-pyridyldithio)propionate (SPDP), and N-(4-azidophenylthio)phthalimide (APTP), including various derivatives such as their sulfo- forms; [0110]
  • homobifunctional reagents such as 1,5-difluoro-2,4-dinitrobenzene, 4,4′-difluoro-3,3′-dinitrophenylsulfone, 4,4′-diisothiocyano-2,2′-disulfonic acid stilbene (DIDS), p-phenylenediisothiocyanate (DITC), carbonylbis(L-methionine p-nitrophenyl ester), 4,4′-dithiobisphenylazide and erythritolbiscarbonate, including various derivatives such as their sulfo- forms; [0111]
  • photoactive coupling agents such as N-5-azido-2-nitrobenzoylsuccinimide (ANB-NOS), p-azidophenacyl bromide (APB), p-azidophenyl glyoxal (APG), N-(4-azidophenylthio)phthalimide (APTP), 4,4′-dithio-bis-phenylazide (DTBPA), ethyl 4-azidophenyl-1,4-dithiobutyrimidate (EADB), 4-fluoro-3-nitrophenyl azide (FNPA), N-hydroxysuccinimidyl-4-azidobenzoate (HSAB), N-hydroxysuccinimidyl-4-azidosalicylic add (NHS-ASA), methyl-4-azidobenzoimidate (MABI), p-nitrophenyl-2-diazo-3,3,3-trifluoropropionate (PNP-DTP), 2-diazo-3,3,3-trifluoropropionyl chloride, N-succinimidyl-6(4′-azido-2′-nitrophenylamino)hexanoate (SANPAH) N-succinimidyl(4azidophenyl)1,3′-dithiopropionate (SADP), sulfosuccinimidyl-2-(m-azido-o-nitobenzamido)-ethyl-1,3′-dithiopropionate (SAND), sulfosuccinimidyl(4-azidophenyldithio)propionate (Sulfo-SADP), sulfosuccinimidyl-6-(4′-azido-2′-nitrophenylamino)hexanoate (Sulfo-SANPAH), sulfosuccinimidyl-2-(p-azidosalicylamido)ethyl-1,3′-dithiopropionate (SASD), and derivatives and analogs of these reagents, among others. The structures and references for use are given for many of these reagents in, “Pierce Handbook and General Catalog”, Pierce Chemical Co., Rockford, Ill., 61105. [0112]
  • Intermediate Coupling Substance. [0113]
  • In addition to covalently coupling directly through functional groups of cyclodextrin derivatives to synthesize water-soluble (or colloidal) polymers, it is also useful to include an intermediate substance or “intermediate”. By definition, intermediate substances function as bio-compatible intermediates in being suitably nonimmunogenic and nonallergenic. Although intermediate substances may be degraded biologically, they are “biologically neutral” in that they essentially lack specific binding properties or biorecognition properties in their application. [0114]
  • The intermediate can function as a “spacer” (e.g. “spacer arm” of O'Carra, P., et al, FEBS Lett. 43, 169 (1974)), between the cyclodextrin derivatives being covalently coupled to overcome steric hindrance of subsequent binding reactions. The intermediate can function as a polymer “backbone” to which many cyclodextrin dimers, trimers or polymers are covalently coupled to form a larger polymer. The intermediate can be included with cyclodextrin derivatives as another monomer to be copolymerized with the cyclodextrin derivatives (i.e. heteropolymer), to provide improved structural properties, increase solubility or lower toxicity. [0115]
  • The intermediate substance may also provide the advantage of additional coupling sites and thereby increase the number of covalently coupled cyclodextrin derivatives within a polymer carrier. The intermediate can also introduce certain other desirable properties, such as a positive or negative net charge, more efficient light energy transfer for photodynamic therapy. The desired biorecognition molecule or other substance can be coupled to the available sites on the intermediate substance and is thereby coupled indirectly to the water-soluble cyclodextrin polymer carrier of the instant invention. [0116]
  • Examples of such biologically neutral intermediate coupling substances are certain proteins, polypeptides, polyamino acids, serum albumins, glycoproteins, lipoproteins, nucleic acid polymers, DNA, RNA, amino sugars, glucosamines, polysaccharides, lipopolysaccharides, amino polysaccharides, polyglutamic acids, polylysines, polyacrylamides, nylons, poly(allylamines), lipids, glycolipids and suitable synthetic polymers, especially biopolymers, resins and surfactants, as well as suitable derivatives of these substances. Also included as suitable intermediate coupling substances are the polymers disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 4,645,646. Also preferred as intermediates are N-(2-hydroxypropyl)methacrylamide (HPMA), HPMA derivatives, poly cyanoacrylates such as poly(butyl cyanoacrylate), poly(isobutyl or isohexyl cyanoacrylate), polyethylene glycol (PEG), any PEG derivatives, poly (D,L-lactic-coglycolic acid) (PLGA), PLGA derivatives, dendrimers and poly (D,L-lactide)-block-methoxy-polyethylene glycol (Diblock). [0117]
  • Various materials may be incorporated into the components of the instant invention to produce new inventions with unexpected properties for use in certain applications. For instance, the addition of ferrous or magnetic particles may be used to give cyclodextrin polymer carriers and other types of polymers (i.e. HPMA, PEG), magnetic properties (Ithakissios, D. S., Clin. Chim. Acta 84(1-2), 69-84, 1978). This would be useful for various in vivo manipulations such as using magnetic fields to localize or concentrate a magnetic polymer drug carrier in a specific part of the body. Also, the magnetic particles may be used to trigger a cytotoxic effect on cancer cells such as by vibrating them with alternating magnetic fields. [0118]
  • CD Guest-Linked Agent. [0119]
  • A cyclodextrin guest-linked agent or “CD guest-linked agent” comprises a new invention for facilitating the noncovalent coupling of CD polymers with drugs, proteins, DNA, ODNs and other active agents. In one embodiment a CD guest-linked agent or simply “guest-linked agent” (GLA), is comprised of an active agent covalently coupled to one or more molecules capable of forming an inclusion complex (“complex”) with a specific CD or CD polymer. The inclusion complex between the CD and the GLA is preferably of higher affinity than between the CD and the active agent alone. The major advantage is that an active agent that is not easily complexed with a cyclodextrin or CD polymer is thereby more easily complexed or linked when it is a GLA. This then provides a unique method for entrapping an active agent as a guest-linked agent in a CD polymer. [0120]
  • Preferably the GLA includes guest molecules (the CD linker or coupler), that have high affinity for a specific cyclodextrin. Generally, these high affinity guest molecules ate those that fit more snugly or closely within the hydrophobic cavity of either alpha, beta or gamma cyclodextrin. The most preferred guest molecules have association constants of 1×10[0121] 3 M−1 or more. For example, preferred guest molecules for beta cyclodextrin include any suitable adamantane analogs or derivatives such as adamantane acetate (AAC), adamantane carboxylate (AC), 1-homoadamantanes (1-HAC), 3-homoadamantanes (3-HAC), 3-noradamantane carboxylate (NAC), norbornane acetate (NBA), 1-bicyclo[2.2.1]octanecarboxylate, 1-bicyclo-[2.2.1]heptane carboxylate, 1-bicyclo[2.2.1]heptene carboxylate; any suitable analogs or derivatives of cyclohexane such as cyclohexanecarboxylate, cyclohexane acetic acid; any suitable analogs or derivatives of cyclopentane such as cyclopentanecarboxylate; any suitable analogs or derivatives of benzene; any suitable analogs or derivatives of camphor; among others.
  • For example, the GLA invention can be used to complex a drug such as doxorubicin (DOX) with a CD polymer. The drug is first derivatized to produce an active form with an amino-coupling group such as NHS ester or p-nitrophenyl ester (ONp) as described by P. Rejmanova, et al., Makromol. Chem. 178, 2159 (1977). DOX is suitably derivatized to provide an ONOp group as described by V. Omelyanenko, et al., J. Controlled Rel. 53, 25-37 (1998). A GLA is then synthesized by covalently coupling the ONp-DOX derivative to a suitable amino-derivatized adamantane such as 1-aminoadamantane, 1-adamantane methyamine, or 1-adamantane carboxamide, among others. [0122]
  • Conversely, any suitable active agent can be derivatized to produce an active form that provides an amino functional group for coupling. A GLA is then synthesized by covalently coupling the active agent through the amino group to an adamantane derivative with an amino-coupling group on it. Such adamantane derivatives include 1-adamantane carbonyl chloride, 1-adamantane isothiocyanate, or adamantane derivatized to provide an NHS ester or ONp, among others. [0123]
  • Also, any suitable active agent can be derivatized to produce an active form that provides a sulfhydryl functional group for coupling. A GLA is then synthesized by covalently coupling the active agent through the sulfhydryl group to an adamantane derivative with a thiol- or sulfhydryl-coupling group on it. Such adamantane derivatives include 1-adamantane carbonyl chloride, iodo adamantane, or adamantane derivatized to provide a maleimidyl or bromoacetyl group. Also, suitable sulfhydryl-derivatized adamantane can be used to couple to an active agent with available sulfhydryl groups through disulfide coupling. [0124]
  • Also, when any suitable active agent is derivatized to produce an active form that provides an amino, or sulfhydryl functional group for coupling. A GLA is then synthesized by covalently coupling the active agent to an adamantane derivative with an amino, or thiol, or hydroxyl functional group available. Such coupling is done through any suitable crosslinking agent reactive with the functional groups available on the active agent and the guest (“CD linker”). In any case, the newly synthesized CD guest-linked agent can then be entrapped by mixing with the CD dimers, CD trimers or CD polymer carriers described herein. [0125]
  • A new, preferred guest-linked agent has dimer, trimer or small polymer adamantanes (or other suitable guests) coupled at single sites on the drug, nucleic acid or other active agent. This provides a new class of CD linkers that provides a higher number of complexing guests than is possible to couple to smaller active agents such as drugs and ODNs with fewer coupling sites. This new CD linker is also more easily complexed with dimers, or trimers or polymers of beta cyclodextrin, making the active agent more easily solubilized and the inclusion complexes more stable than with individual adamantanes coupled to the active agent. [0126]
  • Preferably, any of the coupling systems used to synthesize a GLA also include a biocleavable linkage, described herein, to provide for controlled release of the active agent if desired. [0127]
    • EXAMPLES OF THE BEST MODES FOR CARRYING OUT THE INVENTION
  • In the examples to follow, percentages are by weight unless indicated otherwise. During the synthesis of the compositions of the instant invention, it will be understood by those skilled in the art of organic synthesis, that there are certain limitations and conditions as to what compositions will comprise a suitable carrier and may therefore be prepared mutatis mutandis. It will also be understood in the art of cyclodextrins that there are limitations as to which drugs and other agents can be used to form inclusion complexes with certain cyclodextrins. [0128]
  • Specifically, it is known that smaller, alpha cyclodextrins are preferably used to complex with the smaller drugs or active agents. Whereas larger cyclodextrins are less limited, except that a “close fit” is generally preferred for stronger complexing affinity. [0129]
  • The terms “suitable” and “appropriate” refer to synthesis methods known to those skilled in the art that are needed to perform the described reaction or procedure. In the references to follow, the methods are hereby incorporated herein by reference. For example, organic synthesis reactions, including cited references therein, that can be useful in the instant invention are described in “The Merck Index”, 9, pages ONR-1 to ONR-98, Merck & Co., Rahway, N.J. (1976), and suitable protective methods are described by T. W. Greene, “Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis”, Wiley-Interscience, NY (1981), among others. For synthesis of nucleic acid probes, sequencing and hybridization methods, see “Molecular Cloning”, 2nd edition, T. Maniatis, et al, Eds., Cold Spring Harbor Lab., Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y. (1989). [0130]
  • All reagents and substances listed, unless noted otherwise, are commercially available from Aldrich Chemical Co., WI 53233; Sigma Chemical Co., Mo. 63178; Pierce Chemical Co., IL. 61105; Eastman Kodak Co., Rochester, N.Y.; Pharmatec Inc., Alachua Fla. 32615; and Research Organics, Cleveland, Ohio. Or, the substances are available or can be synthesized through referenced methods, including “The Merck Index”, 9, Merck & Co., Rahway, N.J. (1976). [0131]
  • Additional references cited in U.S. Pat. No. 6,048,736 and PCT/US99/30820, are hereby incorporated herein by reference. [0132]
    • Cyclodextrin Polymer Carriers
  • The purpose is to provide a water-soluble (or colloidal) cyclodextrin polymer carrier that has an active agent completely entrapped. For synthesis, the general approach is; (1) to produce or modify or protect, as needed, one or more functional or coupling groups on the cyclodextrin components, consisting of cyclodextrins, or open dimers, trimers or polymers; (2) combine under appropriate conditions, a minimum of 2 of the cyclodextrin components with a drug or active agent to produce a noncovalent inclusion complex and (3) if needed, using various coupling methods cross-link the cyclodextrin components to produce a polymer that completely entraps the drug within the cyclodextrin polymer. In certain applications, the complex between CD components and active agent produced in step 2 will be suitable for carrying the active agent. [0133]
  • Also, as described below, the cyclodextrin polymer carrier may be suitably derivatized to include other useful substances and/or chemical groups (e.g. biorecognition molecules, antenna, and catalytic substances), to perform a particular function. Depending on the requirements for chemical synthesis, the derivatization can be done before entrapment or afterward, using suitable protection and deprotection methods as needed. [0134]
  • Since cyclodextrins are composed of carbohydrates, they can be suitably derivatized and coupled through well-known procedures used for other carbohydrates, especially through available hydroxyl groups. For instance, vicinal hydroxyl groups on the cyclodextrin can be appropriately oxidized to produce aldehydes. [0135]
  • In addition, any functional group can be suitably added through well-known methods while preserving the cyclodextrin structure and complexing properties. Examples are: amidation, esterification, acylation, N-alkylation, allylation, ethynylation, oxidation, halogenation, hydrolysis, reactions with anhydrides, or hydrazines and other amines, including the formation of acetals, aldehydes, amides, imides, carbonyls, esters, isopropylidenes, nitrenes, osazones, oximes, propargyls, sulfonates, sulfonyls, sulfonamides, nitrates, carbonates, metal salts, hydrazones, glycosones, mercaptals, and suitable combinations of these. The functional groups are then available for the cross-linking of one or more cyclodextrin molecules using a bifunctional reagent. [0136]
  • Additional examples of cyclodextrins, inclusion compounds and catalytic groups including chemical methods for modifying and/or derivatizing cyclodextrins that are useful in the instant invention are described and referenced in U.S. Pat. No. 6,048,736 and PCT/US99/30820, which are incorporated herein by reference. [0137]
  • Bergeron, R. J., et al, Bioorgan. Chem. 5, 121-126 (1976) [0138]
  • Boger, J., et al, Helvet. Chim. Acta 61, 2190-2218 (1978) [0139]
  • Buckler, S. A., et al, U.S. Pat. No. 3,472,835 (1969) [0140]
  • Buckler, et al, U.S. Pat. No. 4,331,808 (1982) [0141]
  • Carlsson, J., et al, Eur. J. Biochem. 59, 567-572 (1975) [0142]
  • Case, L. C., U.S. Pat. No. 3,502,601 (1970) and U.S. Pat. No. 3,510,471 (1970) [0143]
  • Cramer, F., et al, Chem. Ber. 103, 2138 (1970) [0144]
  • Cramer, F., et al, J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 89:1, 14-20 (1967) [0145]
  • Emert, J., et al, J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 97, 670 (1975) [0146]
  • Furue, M. A., et al, Polymer. Lett. 13, 357 (1975) [0147]
  • Gramera, R. E., et al, Fr. Demande 1, 584, 917 (1968) [0148]
  • Harada, A., et al, Macromolecules 9, 701 and 705 (1976) [0149]
  • Hatano, M., et al, Japan Kokai 77,71,583 (1977) [0150]
  • Hirai, H., J. Inclus. Phenom. 2, 455-466 (1984) [0151]
  • Ikeda, T., et al, J. Inclus. Phenom. 2, 669-674 (1984) [0152]
  • Ikeda, T., et al, J. Inclus. Phenom. 5, 93-98 (1987) [0153]
  • Iwakura, Y., et al, J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 97/15, 4432-4434 (1975) [0154]
  • Johnson, C. K. U.S. Pat. No. 3,654,261 (1972) [0155]
  • Kawaguchi Y., et al, Anal. Chem. 55, 1852-1857 (1983) [0156]
  • Klotz, I. M., et al, Arch. Biochem. Biophys. 96, 605-612 (1961) [0157]
  • Kobayashi, M., et al, Agric. Biol. Chem. 52, 2695-2702 (1988). [0158]
  • Lui, F-T., et al, Biochem. 18, 690-697 (1979) [0159]
  • Matsui, Y., et al, Chem. Lett., Oct., 1037-1040 (1976) [0160]
  • Ogata, N., Japan Kokai 77,121,096 (1977) [0161]
  • Parmerter, S. M., U.S. Pat. No. 3,426,011 (1969) and U.S. Pat. No. 3,453,257 (1969) [0162]
  • Royer, G. P., et al, Biochem. Biophys. Res. Comm. 64, 478-484 (1975) [0163]
  • Szejtli, J., et al, Hung. Patent 19,626 (1978) [0164]
  • Tabushi, I., et al,J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 98/24, 7855-7856 (1976) [0165]
  • Tabushi I., et al, Tetrahed. Lett. No. 29, 2503-2506 (1977) [0166]
  • Tabushi, I., Acc. Chem. Res. 15, 66-72 (1982) [0167]
  • Traut, R. R., et al, Biochem. 12, 3266-3273 (1973) [0168]
  • Ueno, A., et al, J. Inclus. Phenom. 2, 555-563 (1984) [0169]
  • VanEtten, R. L., et al, J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 89/13 3242-3253 and 3253-3262 (1967) [0170]
  • Suitable coupling or cross-linking agents for preparing the water-soluble (or colloidal) CD carriers of the instant invention can be a variety of reagents previously described, including well known crosslinkers used to polymerize CD's. Other suitable crosslinkers or derivatizers are various epoxy compounds including propylene oxide, 1,2-diethoxyethane, 1,2,7,8-diepoxyoctane, 2,3-epoxy-1-propanol (glycidol), glycerol propoxylate triglycidylether and 1,4-butanediol diglycidyl ether (e.g. Gramera, or Case, or Johnson, or Parmerter, supra). Also useful are methods employing acrylic esters such as m-nitrophenyl acrylates, and hexamethylenediamine and p-xylylenediamine complexes (e.g. Furue, or Harada, or Hatano, or Ogata, supra), and aldehydes, ketones, alkyl halides, acyl halides, silicon halides, isothiocyanates, and epoxides (e.g. Buckler, supra). [0171]
    • Methods for Derivatizing Cyclodextrins
  • For this invention, individual cyclodextrin derivatives (i.e. monomer) as well as dimers, trimers and polymers are the primary components, or units used to synthesize the water-soluble (or colloidal) cyclodextrin polymer carriers. Although native cyclodextrins are useful for synthesizing the carriers, many other useful properties can be incorporated into the carriers by first derivatizing the cyclodextrin components before making the polymers. Derivatizing is defined as the chemical modification of a CD through addition of any functional or coupling group and/or other substance. Generally, derivatized cyclodextrins can be used to facilitate cross-linking reactions and introduce functional groups for use during or after the carrier is prepared. Frequently, an integral part of using derivatized cyclodextrins involves protecting certain functional groups during certain cross-linking steps and then deprotecting those groups for use in subsequent steps. [0172]
  • A. Protected Hydroxyl Groups. [0173]
  • Primary and/or secondary hydroxyl groups on the cyclodextrin (or derivatives), can be selectively protected and deprotected using known methods during derivatizing and/or capping procedures, to provide selective coupling at the primary or secondary end of the CD molecule, as desired. For instance, formation of protective esters (e.g. benzoates using benzoyl chloride), and selective cleavage (deprotection), of primary esters using anhydrous alcoholysis (e.g. Boyer, supra), provides mostly primary hydroxyls for derivatization. After derivatization and/or coupling the primary hydroxyls, the secondary hydroxyls can be deprotected for additional derivatization, coupling and/or capping. [0174]
  • Preferred hydroxyl protection schemes include various methods for silylation of the primary hydroxyls using tert-butyldimethylsilyl chloride (TBDMS), (K. Takeo, et al., Carbohydrate Res. 187, 203 (1989)) for derivatization of the secondary hydroxyls. Or, the use of sodium hydride with TBDMS (S. Tian, et al., Tetrahedron Lett. 35, 9339 (1994)) to protect secondary hydroxyls during derivatization of the primary hydroxyls. The silyl groups are then removed by treatment with tert-butylammonium fluoride. [0175]
  • B. Preparation of Sulfonylated Cyclodextrin [0176]
  • A variety of suitable methods are available for sulfonylation of CD or CD polymer before or after protection of specific hydroxyl groups (e.g. Bergeron, Boger or Ueno, supra), and/or capping of the CD (e.g. Emert or Tabushi, supra). Suitably, CD polymer (10 gm), is combined with a suitable sulfonylating reagent (20 gm), such as p-toluenesulfonyl (tosyl) chloride, mesitylenesulfonyl chloride or naphthalenesulfonyl chloride, among others, in anhydrous pyridine, for 3-5 Hrs at room temperature (RT). [0177]
  • C. Preparation of Oxidized Cyclodextrin for Dialdehyde Cyclodextrin (Dial-CD). [0178]
  • A dialdehyde CD derivative (dial-CD) and dialdehyde cyclodextrin polymer (dial-CD polymer) is prepared from oxidized cyclodextrin or oxidized CD polymer by oxidation using known methods (e.g. Royer or Kobayashii, supra), with sodium metaperiodate in water or suitable buffer solution (e.g. 0.2 M phosphate saline, pH 5-7), where one or more dialdehydes can be produced per CD. For use in preparing cyclodextrin polymer carriers, dial-CD can also include oxidized forms of HPCD, DHPCD and SBE-CD. [0179]
  • D. Amino-Cyclodextrin (Amino-CD) Derivatives. [0180]
  • Amino groups can be introduced into CD polymer by reaction of a sulfonylated CD polymer with azide compounds including hydrazine, and 2,6-bis(4-azidobenzylidene)-4-methylcyclohexanone (e.g. Ikeda, supra), or coupling to diamines as described by Kawaguchi, or Matsui, supra. [0181]
  • Also, when desired, a “monoamino” CD, wherein one amino group has been coupled, can be prepared through known methods, including limited or sterically determined monosulfonylation, and/or by specific protection and deprotection schemes. An amino-CD or amino-CD polymer, is suitably protected and/or deprotected as needed. [0182]
  • E. Diamino Derivatives. [0183]
  • A previously sulfonylated CD or CD polymer is suitably iodinated so that it will couple to primary amino groups, using known methods (e.g. Ikeda or Iwakura, supra). Suitably, 10 gm of sulfonylated CD or CD polymer is combined with 12 gm of NaI on 200 ml of methanol, and mix at 70° C. for 48-60 Hrs. The iodinated CD product is collected by precipitation with acetone and purified by column chromatography. [0184]
  • The iodinated CD or CD polymer is coupled through an amino group to a suitable diamino substance. Suitable diamino substances are; 1,4diaminobutane, 1,6-diaminohexane, 1,7-diaminoheptane, 1,8-diaminooctane, 1,10-diaminodecane, 1,12-diaminododecane, and other aliphatic, or aromatic, or heterocyclic carboxylic acids with two available amino groups for coupling. Coupling is done in a suitable solvent such as dimethylformamide (DMF), mixing 10 gm of iodinated CD polymer with a molar excess of the diamino substance (e.g. 10-20 gm of 1,6-diaminohexane), at 100° C. for 24 Hrs. The product, amino-CD (or amino-CD polymer), is concentrated and purified by column chromatography. [0185]
  • F. Protected Amino Groups. [0186]
  • The amino groups introduced by various methods can be suitably protected by reaction with a halogenated alkylphthalimide such as N-(4-bromobutyl)phthalimide. After other suitable derivatizing, coupling and/or capping has been done, an amino group is deprotected by reaction with hydrazine in suitable solvent. [0187]
  • Also, the diamino substances of various chain lengths can be suitably derivatized before coupling. For instance, they can be “half protected” as trifluoroacetamidoalkanes at one of the amino ends, as described by Guilford, H., et al, Biochem. Soc. Trans. 3, 438 (1975), before coupling, and then suitably deprotected such as by hydrolysis or alcoholysis. Yet another suitable method involves the coupling of THP-protected amnino-alkynes, previously described, to the iodinated CD or CD polymer and subsequent deprotection as needed. [0188]
  • G. Sulfhydryl-Cyclodextrin (SH-CD) Derivatives. [0189]
  • A sulfhydryl group can be added to an amino-CD, suitably prepared as described previously, by coupling the appropriate thiolating agent to the available amino group. For instance, thiolation of amino groups on amino-CD can be done by known methods using S-acetylmercaptosuccinic anhydride (SAMSA), (e.g. Kiotz, Rector, or Lui supra), SIAB, or 2-iminothiolane (e.g. Traut, supra). The sulfhydryl is protected as a disulfide during subsequent coupling reactions until it is exposed through disulfide cleavage. [0190]
  • Sulfhydryls can also be introduced through reaction of available hydroxyls with a suitable epoxy compound. For instance, epichlorohydrin or a suitable diepoxy crosslinker previously described, is coupled to a CD or CD polymer wherein free epoxy groups are produced. Free epoxy groups are then reacted with sodium thiosulfate to give thiosulfate esters (e.g. Carlsson, supra). The thiosulfate esters are subsequently reduced to sulfhydryls with dithiothreitol. [0191]
  • H. Cyclodextrin Dimer, Trimer and Polymer Derivatives. [0192]
  • Certain CD dimers, CD trimers and small CD polymers have been derivatized and can function as carriers or excipients without further crosslinking. Sulfate groups can be introduced by reacting primary or secondary hydroxyl groups with various cyclic sultone compounds to produce sulfoalkyl ether derivatives. For instance, 1,4-butane sultone reacts with the hydroxyl groups to produce a sulfobutyl ether (SBE) group (Stella, et al. U.S. Pat. No. 5,134,127), or 1,3-propane sultone reacts with the hydroxyl groups to produce a sulfopropyl ether group (Szejtli, supra). [0193]
  • New, more useful excipients with higher binding affinities can be prepared from CD dimers, trimers or polymers than derivatives of single CD molecules. These new excipients are synthesized by first preparing CD dimers, trimers or polymers of cyclodextrin by crosslinking monomer cyclodextrins by various means. For instance crosslinking is done using bifunctional or multifunctional epoxy crosslinkers such as epichlorohydrin, 2,3 epoxy-1,4-butanedione, glycerol diglycidyl ether, or glycerol propoxylate triglycidyl ether, among others. [0194]
  • Then the crosslinked CD products are derivatized with a cyclic sultone such as 1,4-butane to provide sulfobutyl groups or 1,3-propane sultone to provide sulfopropyl groups in basic conditions such as 1-50% NaOH in water. [0195]
  • Also, such CD dimers, CD trimers and small CD polymers can be derivatized to provide hydroxyethyl, hydroxypropyl or dihydroxy propyl groups by derivatizing them with ethylene oxide, propylene oxide or glycidol. Other useful derivatives include CD dimers, trimers or polymers with carboxylate groups using methods disclosed or referenced herein. [0196]
  • Also, phosphate groups can be added to CD dimers, trimers or polymers by several known methods. For example, E. Tarelli, et al., Carbohydrate Res. 302(1-2), 27-34 (1997) describes reacting cyclodextrins with inorganic metaphosphates in aqueous solution at pH 4, drying and warming to produce monophosphate esters. [0197]
  • Other useful derivatives include CD dimers, trimers or polymers that have been oxidized, such as with NaIO[0198] 4, to produce dialdehyde groups. The dialdehydes are then coupled to any suitable amino-containing or sulfhydryl-containing compound to provide the desired derivative.
  • The resulting derivatives are generally more soluble that the initial crosslinked CD dimers, CD trimers and CD polymers and would be suitable for use as drug or other active agent carriers or as excipients. They are usually more ionic to allow migration in an electric field for applications such as iontophoresis. [0199]
  • I. Preparation of Carboxylic Acid CD Derivatives. [0200]
  • A preferred method for adding carboxylate groups is to couple glutaric or succinic anhydride to a hydroxyl group on the CD, or CD dimer, trimer or polymer. This produces a terminal carboxylate, which can then be protected by esterification as needed. Also, carboxylates can be derivatized to an NHS ester using N-hydroxysuccinimide and carbodiimide such as dicyclohexyl carbodiimide. [0201]
  • Alternatively, a previously sulfonylated CD or CD polymer can be suitably iodinated as previously described for diamino groups. An iodinated CD polymer or a dial-CD polymer is coupled through the amino group to a suitable amino-carboxylic acid to provide the desired length of spacer. Suitable amino-carboxylic acids are; 4-aminobutyric acid, 6-aminohexanoic acid, 7-amninoheptanoic acid, 8-aminocaprylic acid, 12-aminododecanoic acid, and other aliphatic, or aromatic, or heterocyclic carboxylic acids with an available amino group for coupling. [0202]
  • Coupling of amino-carboxylic acid to iodinated CD or CD polymer is done in a suitable solvent such as dimethylformamide (DMF), mixing 10 gm of iodinated CD polymer with a molar excess of amino-carboxylic acid (e.g. 10 gm of 6-aminohexanoic acid), at 100° C. for 24 Hrs. The product, CD-carboxylic acid, is concentrated and purified by column chromatography. [0203]
  • Coupling of amino-carboxylic acid to dial-CD or dial-CD polymer is done by reductive alkylation. In a suitable buffer (e.g. 0.1 M borate, pH 7.5-8.5, 0.1-0.5 M triethanolamine), 10 gm of dial CD polymer is mixed with a molar excess of amino-carboxylic acid (e.g. 10 gm of 12-aminodecanoic acid), at RT for 1-2 Hrs. The Schiffs base coupling is stabilized by suitable reduction with NaBH[0204] 4 (e.g. 0.1-1 mg/ml), for 1-12 Hrs. The product, CD-carboxylic acid, is concentrated and purified by column chromatography and dried for subsequent reactions as needed.
  • J. Capping Cyclodextrins. [0205]
  • Capping is a type of derivatizing defined herein as coupling any suitable chemical “capping substance” to two or more sites on the CD molecule so that the substance spans the area between the coupled sites. Preferably, the capping substance spans across one of the end openings of the CD molecule and thereby stops the passage of a guest molecule through the capped CD molecule. [0206]
  • It is well known that capping with disulfonyl chloride compounds is also useful for synthesizing bifunctional derivatives of cyclodextrins. For instance, when the CD has been capped with a suitable disulfonyl compound, it is coupled at two of the available hydroxyl groups. These two coupled sites can then be disubstituted to introduce various thiol or amino groups through nucleophilic displacement (Tabushi, supra). For instance, displacement with ammonia gives amino groups, displacement with hydrogen sulfide gives thiol groups. [0207]
  • The CD's used herein can be suitably complexed with one or more guest molecules and/or derivatized and/or capped before, during or after their incorporation into the water-soluble CD polymer carrier of the instant invention. In addition, the derivatizing and/or capping can be a done to produce CD's with the desired substances coupled to specific locations on the CD molecule. In the preparation of CD derivatives for use as hosts for drugs or other agents, modifications that increase affinity between the host CD and guest(s) are preferred. For instance, the host CD's of this invention are preferably derivatized (e.g. methylated or benzylated), and/or capped by various means to increase host-guest affinity. [0208]
  • K. Derivatizing and Capping Substances. [0209]
  • Preferably, the capping substance is coupled at the primary or secondary “end” of the CD molecule, forming a bridge across either (or both) opening(s) that includes suitable hydrophobic groups in the capping substance. The capping substances can be coupled directly to available hydroxyls on the CD, or they can be coupled to suitable functional groups such as; diamino (or triamino), compounds to iodinated CD, or azido compounds to sulfonylated hydroxyls, and/or through “spacers” added to the CD. [0210]
  • Suitable disulfonyl capping substances are biphenyl-4,4′-disulfonyl chloride, 1,3-benzene disulfonyl chloride, 2,4-mesitylene disulfonyl chloride, 2,6-naphthalene disulfonyl chloride, 4,4′-oxybis(benzene sulfonyl chloride), 4,4′-methylene bis(benzene sulfonyl chloride), m,m′-benzophenone-disulfonyl chloride, p,p′-stilbene-disulfonyl chloride, and diphenylmethane-p,p′-disulfonyl chloride, among others. Other suitable capping substances are imidazoles, 6-methylamino-deoxy and 6-methylamino-6-deoxy derivatives transformed to the corresponding N-formyl compounds, terephthaloyl chloride, dianhydrides such as 3,3′,4,4′-benzophenonetetracarboxylic dianhydride and 3,4,9,10-perylenetetracarboxylic anhydride, azido compounds such as 2,6-bis(4-azidobenzylidene)-4methylcyclohexanone, and derivatives of aurintricarboxylic acid (e.g. thionyl chloride derivatives, triammonium salts “aluminons”), among others (e.g. Szejtli, Emert, Tabushi, or Cramer, supra). [0211]
    • Preparation I Cyclodextrin Polymer Carrier with Completely Entrapped Anthracene
  • The purpose is to prepare a water-soluble (or colloidal) cyclodextrin polymer carrier with completely entrapped anthracene. In this preparation, beta cyclodextrin was cross-linked while complexed with anthracene at a molar ratio of 4:1. The procedure was to combine 10 ml of water containing 0.0002 moles of cyclodextrin with 1 ml of chloroform containing 0.00005 moles of anthracene. After about 15 minutes of mixing at about 20,000 rpm with a stainless steel impeller and Dremel motor, most of the solvent had evaporated. While still mixing, 0.4 ml of epichlorohydrin and 0.2 ml of 2 N NaOH was added. After about 20 minutes, the reaction was stopped by adding 0.4 ml of ethanolamine. The resulting solution was allowed to settle and examined over UV illumination. [0212]
  • The turbid solution had a greenish-yellow, fluorescent top layer indicating unincorporated anthracene. However, the aqueous phase of the solution showed a distinct blue fluorescence, indicating that some anthracene was complexed in the cross-linked cyclodextrin polymer suspended in the aqueous phase. [0213]
  • The preparation in the aqueous phase was separated and concentrated by evaporation and then extracted 3 times with 4 ml of fresh chloroform by mixing, settling and drawing off the solvent phase. The preparation was resuspended in water and produced a turbid suspension that was still blue fluorescent. Since chloroform extraction did not remove the anthracene, it showed that the anthracene was completely entrapped within the cyclodextrin polymer. [0214]
    • Preparation II Cyclodextrin Polymer Carrier with Completely Entrapped 2AA
  • The purpose is to prepare a water-soluble (or colloidal) cyclodextrin polymer carrier with completely entrapped 2-aminoanthracene (2AA). The procedure was to combine 0.5 ml of 4.4% beta cyclodextrin in water, with 0.02 ml of solution containing 80% 1,4 butanediol diglycidyl ether (BDE), 10% of 0.1 M guest molecule, 2-aminoanthracene in dimethylformamide, and 2.4% 2 N NaOH while mixing vigorously and incubating at 60° C. [0215]
  • After about 1 hour, 0.2 ml of 0.01 M K[0216] 2HPO4 (K2 buffer, pH 8.6), and 0.02 ml more of BDE was added and mixed to continue the crosslinking. After about one half hour more, the mixture was mixed with 0.1 ml of 1M lysine for about 2.5 hours more. The preparation was then centrifuged for 8 minutes at 2500 rpm and 0.55 ml of supernatant was fractionated on a column of Sephadex® G-25 (14×0.8 cm) equilibrated with K2 buffer.
  • The 0.5 ml fractions were then collected and examined for color to indicate the presence of the guest molecule 2AA. Fractions were also tested for carbohydrate to indicate cyclodextrin polymer. To a 50 μl aliquot of polymer fraction in water was added 1 drop of test reagent (3 gm potassium dichromate, 10 ml conc. H[0217] 2SO4 and 290 ml water). The mixture was heated gently to oxidize the samples. The intensity of the dark residue was graded on a scale of 1 to 10.
  • The carbohydrate test showed that the polymerized cyclodextrin was in fractions 4 through 8, which was in the area of the void volume determined previously with a blue dextran control sample. Also, yellow color was seen in corresponding fractions 4 through 6, showing that guest molecule 2AA could not be separated from the polymer on the column. The carbohydrate (cyclodextrin) test and yellow color test results for the column fractions are shown in Table A below (Exper. Nov. 14, 1989). [0218]
    TABLE A
    CD Polymer Fraction 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
    Relative Carbohydrate 0 0 5 9 10 10 10 9 5
    Yellow Color No No No Yes Yes Yes No No No
    • Preparation III Cyclodextrin Polymer Carrier with Tethered Guest
  • The purpose is to first prepare a water-soluble (or colloidal) cyclodextrin polymer using 1,4 butanediol diglycidyl ether (BDE) to crosslink with the cyclodextrin hydroxyl groups. Additional BDE molecules are allowed to randomly couple at only one end before excess lysine is added. The lysine is covalently incorporated by covalently coupling to free ends of the BDE previously coupled to the cyclodextrin. The combination of BDE and lysine functions as a spacer group on the cyclodextrin polymer. The fluorophore 2-aminoanthracene is then covalently tethered as a captured guest to the cyclodextrin polymer through the amino group on the BDElysine spacer using glutaraldehyde. [0219]
  • A. Preparation of Cyclodextrin Polymer and Incorporated Lysine. [0220]
  • The procedure was to combine 2 ml of 4.4% beta cyclodextrin in water, 0.1 ml of 2 N NaOH and 0.116 ml of 1,4 butanediol diglycidyl ether (BDP) while mixing and incubating at 50° C. The molar ratio of BDE to cyclodextrin was about 5:1. After about 4 hours, a 0.5 ml aliquot of the mixture was mixed with 0.2 ml of lysine (0.8 M in water, neutralized) for about 1.5 hours. The CD polymer was then fractionated on a column of Sephadex® G-25 (21×0.8 cm) equilibrated with distilled H[0221] 2O and pre-calibrated with free cyclodextrin.
  • The 1 ml fractions were then collected and tested for carbohydrate to demonstrate cyclodextrin polymer. To a 50 μ[0222] 1 aliquot of polymer fraction in water was added 1 drop of test reagent (3 gm potassium dichromate, 10 ml conc. H2SO4 and 290 ml water). The mixture was heated gently to oxidize the samples. The intensity of the dark residue was graded on a scale of 1-10. The polymerized cyclodextrin was in the fractions (3-4) containing a carbohydrate peak that eluted well ahead of the free cyclodextrin control (which peaked at fraction 9). The CD polymer fractions (3,4) were pooled.
  • B. Preparation of CD Polymer with Tethered Fluorophore (FL-CD). [0223]
  • The CD polymer with lysine was then coupled through the lysine groups to the guest molecule 2-aminoanthracene by a two step glutaraldehyde method based on Guesdon, J-L, et al, J of Histochem. Cytochem. 27, 1131-1139 (1979). The procedure was to combine 0.9 ml of the CD polymer with 0.1 ml of 25% glutaraldehyde (in water) and 0.02 ml 2 N NaOH (starting pH 12), and mix for about 25 minutes. The mixture was fractionated to remove excess glutaraldehyde on a column of Sephadex® G-25 (9×0.8 cm) equilibrated with distilled H[0224] 2O, collecting 0.3 ml fractions. The polymer fractions were pooled in a 1.4 ml volume. The 2-aminoanthracene was then coupled by mixing in a total of 0.06 ml of 5 mM 2-aminoanthracene in methanol:chloroform (4:1) and 0.01 ml 2 N NaOH (starting pH 12). This was reacted for 4 hours then blocked with 0.1 ml of ethanolamine. The Schiff base coupling was stabilized by adding 0.01 gm of NaBH4 and incubating overnight.
  • The mixture was then neutralized with 1 N HCl and excess 2-aminoanthracene was removed by fractionating on a column of Sephadex® G-25 (9×0.8 cm) equilibrated with distilled H[0225] 2O, collecting 0.5 ml fractions. The fractions were then tested for carbohydrate as described previously and those with carbohydrate were also tested for guest molecule using chemiluminescence (CL). The CL procedure was to activate the 2-aminoanthracene using oxidation of bis(2,4,6-trichlorophenyl) oxalate ester (TCPO). Into an FL-CD sample (0.02 ml in 0.1 ml of 0.1 M K2HPO4), was added 0.01 ml 0.22% TCPO in ethyl acetate. After placing the sample into a dark chamber in the luminometer, 1 ml of 0.4 M H2O2 was injected and the light emission recorded on a chart recorder. The carbohydrate (cyclodextrin) test and CL test results for the fractions are shown in Table B below Exper. CD/1).
    TABLE B
    FL-CD
    Polymer
    Fraction 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
    Relative 5 7 9 9 10 8 6 5 NT
    Cyclodextrin
    Relative .25 .30 3.33 10.0 >10 3.6 1.1 .40 .28
    CL Emission
  • These data show that the carbohydrate peak also corresponds to the most fluorophore CL activity. This CL activity shows that the guest molecule 2-aminoanthracene is coupled to the CD polymer and could not be separated by column chromatography. [0226]
    • Preparation IV Cyclodextrin Polymer Carrier Targeted with Antibody Protein
  • The purpose is to synthesize a targeted cyclodextrin polymer carrier by covalently coupling a biorecognition molecule to a cyclodextrin polymer carrier. In this example, the carrier was prepared as in Preparation III, and the biorecognition molecule is antibody protein. [0227]
  • A. Preparation of FL-CD Polymer with Coupled N-Hydroxysuccinimidyl (NHS) Ester. [0228]
  • In this step a cyclodextrin polymer carrier is covalently coupled with NHS ester to form a NHS-CD. FL-CD polymer carrier (with tethered 2-aminoanthracene) was prepared as above and fractionated by column chromatography using Sephacryl® S200 in a 1.5×18.5 cm column equilibrated with water (Exper. CD/8). The purified FL-CD was collected in 1 ml fractions #8-19, and pooled to give a greenish-yellow fluorescent solution. The solution was dried at 60° C. to give about 0.36 gm. The product was dissolved in water and titrated to pH 6 with 6 N HCl giving 0.144 gm FL-CD polymer carrier per ml. [0229]
  • The procedure is to form NHS esters with the carboxylic acid groups on the lysine that is incorporated into the FLCD polymer carrier. To 1 ml of dissolved FL-CD polymer carrier was added 0.1 gin of N,N′-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide PCC) and mixed to dissolve. Then 0.1 gm of N-hydroxysuccinimide was added with mixing. After about 1.5 hours, 0.05 ml of glacial acetic acid was added and mixed about 25 minutes. To the mixture was added about 4 ml of anhydrous methanol, then it was mixed, centrifuged and the light yellow supernatant was collected. The resulting solution of FL-CD polymer with coupled NHS ester groups was concentrated by evaporation and stored in the refrigerator. [0230]
  • B. Coupling of Gamma Globulin with the FL-CD Polymer Carrier. [0231]
  • In this step the purpose is to covalently couple antibody protein (human gamma globulin) to cyclodextrin polymer carrier with tethered guest 2-aminoanthracene. [0232]
  • To a glass test tube was added 0.2 ml of 0.1 M K[0233] 2PO4, pH 8.5 in water, 0.1 ml 1.6% human gamma globulin and 0.2 ml of 50% methanol containing about 0.09 gm/ml of FL-CD polymer carrier with coupled NHS ester. The pH of the mixture was adjusted to about pH 7 with 2 N NaOH and incubated about 2 days at RT. The labeled protein was recovered by precipitation by adding 1.5 ml of 52% (NH4)2SO4 in water to the mixture and centrifuging to collect the precipitate. The precipitate was dialyzed against distilled water to remove (NH4)2SO4 and concentrated to a final volume of 0.11 ml.
  • Aliquots of the targeted cyclodextrin polymer carrier were tested for CL activity using TCPO as described previously. The peak height of CL activity of the carrier was low but the CL activity continued for a longer time when compared to the FL-CD polymer carrier alone and to control gamma globulin. The CL activity showed that the gamma globulin biorecognition molecule was coupled to the FL-CD polymer carrier. [0234]
    • Preparation V Cyclodextrin Polymer Carrier with Completely Entrapped Paclitaxel (Taxol)
  • The purpose is to synthesize a water-soluble (or colloidal) cyclodextrin polymer carrier that contains completely entrapped paclitaxel (PTX) and the polymer includes acid-labile hydrazone linkages that provide controlled release. The following Table C is a schematic of the reactions employed. [0235]
    TABLE C
    Figure US20010034333A1-20011025-C00001
    Figure US20010034333A1-20011025-C00002
    Figure US20010034333A1-20011025-C00003
    Cyclodextrin Hydrazone Linkages Cross-linked
    Aldehydes with Terminal Amines Polymer
  • A. Preparation of Dialdehyde CD Using Oxidation. [0236]
  • The purpose is to produce oxidized cyclodextrin (CD) to provide dialdehydes that can subsequently be reacted with hydrazine to form an acid-labile hydrazone linkage. The hydrazone linkages on each cyclodextrin will also have terminal amino groups for subsequent crosslinking to make the polymer carrier. [0237]
  • The oxidation procedure is based on published methods used to oxidize other polysaccharides and specifically cyclodextrins (Kobayashi supra). This method introduces dialdehyde groups at the C-2, C-3-trans-diol position of the cyclodextrin glucose residues. [0238]
  • The procedure was to add sodium m-periodate (NaIO[0239] 4) to 30 mM cyclodextrn in 100 ml of water while mixing at 30° C. The molar ratio of NaIO4 to cyclodextrin was 2:1, to give 1 to 2 dialdehydes per CD molecule. The reaction was continued in the dark for 6 to 8 hours. Remaining NaIO4 was consumed with a molar excess of ethylene glycol. The resulting dialdehyde cyclodextrin (dial-CD) was fractionated using gel filtration on a Sephadex™ G-25 column. The more open dial-CD molecules have been found to elute ahead of the native CD. The fractions were concentrated by evaporation under vacuum.
  • The amount of CD (mw 1135) as carbohydrate in each fraction is monitored by a colorimetric test for carbohydrates. To 2 ml of water containing diluted dial-CD fraction (0.01-0.05 mg) is added 0.05 ml of 80% phenol. Then 5 ml of concentrated sulfuric acid is added rapidly to mix. Color is allowed to develop 20 minutes at 25-30° C. and the absorbance is read at 490 nm. The absorbance is compared to a series of identically treated CD standards at 0.005, 0.01, 0.02, 0.04, 0.08 and 0.1 mg per m H[0240] 2O.
  • B. Preparation of Hydrazone Linkages on the CD. [0241]
  • This reaction involves a condensation reaction of the hydrazine with available aldehydes to produce a hydrazone linkage. The objective is to react dial-CD with enough hydrazine so that ideally each available aldehyde is coupled to a single hydrazine with minimal cross-linking. The dial-CD preparation is dissolved in water to give starting concentrations of 30 mM. While stirring the solution at room temperature, a 3 to 4-fold molar excess of hydrazine (Sigma) is added with continued stirring for 2 hours. The resulting hydrazone cyclodextrin (Hz-CD) is fractionated on a Sephadex™ G-15 column and the fractions dried to constant weight by vacuum evaporation. [0242]
  • The number of amino groups is determined colorimetrically using a Blue G-250 assay reagent for protein (Reagent Kit Cat #23200, Pierce, Rockford Ill.) with the absorbance read at 595 nm. To ensure that enough amino groups are available, the Hz-CD fractions with at least 2 free amino groups available per mole are used in the next step. [0243]
  • C. Preparation of CD Polymer with Completely Entrapped Drug. [0244]
  • The purpose is to cross-link Hz-CD to form a water-soluble (or colloidal) cyclodextrin polymer carrier that is acid-labile. The polymers preferably have molecular weights of 20,000-50,000, although higher or lower molecular weights can be used. In this procedure the Hz-CD monomers are cross-linked through the terminal amino groups on the hydrazine derivatives. [0245]
  • In order to entrap the drug, the paclitaxel (PTX) is dissolved in a solvent and mixed with the Hz-CD to form inclusion complexes. Then the Hz-CD is cross-linked to form the polymer and completely entrap the drug in polymer aggregates. [0246]
  • Preparations can be made with molecular ratios between 1:1 and 1:8 of PTX to Hz-CD. A near saturated suspension of Hz-CD is prepared in 0.05 M phosphate buffer, pH 7.5 (PB). The FIX (about 2 mM) in methanol is added with vigorous mixing (20,000 rpm impeller). While mixing, the drug is exposed to the aqueous phase to allow complexes to form between the PTX and Hz-CD. Mixing is continued for 15 minutes to one hour. The cross-linking reagent is then be added while continuing to mix. [0247]
  • At this point, a variety of amino-reactive, bifunctional cleavable or noncleavable agents with different spacer lengths can be used to cross-link amino groups. For this example, cross-linking is done with a bifunctional cleavable coupling agent Tech. Bull. #0544, Pierce Chem. Co., Rockford Ill.), dithiobis(succinimidyl propionate) (DSP, spacer length 12 angstroms). During polymerization, the objective is to completely entrap the drug in polymer aggregates that are soluble (or colloidal). The cross-liking reaction is run for about 3 hours or just before insoluble polymers form. [0248]
  • The resulting PTX-loaded CD polymer (PT-CD) is then fractionated by gel exclusion chromatography on pre-calibrated columns of Sephacryl® S200-HR (40×5 cm) equilibrated with PB. Pre-calibration is done using various molecular weight dextrans (i.e. 15,000 to 60,000, Sigma) in separate runs. [0249]
  • The PIX-CD fractions that elute in molecular weight ranges between 20,000 and 50,000 are vacuum dried at 50° C. and weighed. For some procedures, fractions may be concentrated by centrifugal filtration using suitable molecular weight cutoff filter tubes (Micron Separations Inc., Westboro Mass.). Other fractions of higher or lower molecular weight may also be suitable. The approximate moles of product are calculated as total grams of dried carrier divided by the apparent molecular weight. [0250]
  • Alternatively, suitable derivatives of cyclodextrin can be used to prepare the carrier including CD-blocks described previously. Preferred CD derivatives are hydroxypropyl cyclodextrin (HPCD) and 2,3-dihydroxypropyl cyclodextrin (DHPCD). For oxidation to dialdehyde, a preferred form of HPCD or DHPCD is one with 3-4 degrees of substitution with propylene oxide or glycidol (Pitha, supra). [0251]
  • Alternatively, other cross-linkers that provide longer spacer lengths to avoid steric hindrance can be used. One example is ethylene glycol bis(succinimidylsuccinate) (EGS, 16.1 angstrom spacer). EGS is cleavable with hydroxylamine [0252]
  • Also, the Hz-CD can be polymerized using the water-soluble bifunctional reagent dimethyl adipimate (DMA, 8.6 angstrom spacer, Technical Bull #0438, Pierce). The parameters of molar ratios and reaction times for cross-linking Hz-CD with DMA are suitably optimized for the desired polymer size. A near saturated suspension of Hz-CD and PTX in methanol is prepared in PB with vigorous mixing as described previously. As the solvent evaporates, the drug is forced into the aqueous phase to allow complexes to form between the PITX and Hz-CD. The DMA is added and mixed for 2-6 hours. The resulting PTX-CD is fractionated by gel exclusion chromatography as described previously. The hydrazone linkages provide controlled release when hydrolyzed to release free drug maximally at pH 4-5. [0253]
    • Preparation VI Targeted Cyclodextrin Polymer Carrier with Entrapped Doxorubicin
  • A. Preparation of CD Polymer with Incorporated Amino Groups. [0254]
  • The purpose is to cross-link gamma cyclodextrin (Mol. Wt. 1297), to form a water-soluble (or colloidal) cyclodextrin polymer carrier that has completely entrapped doxorubicin (DOX). Cyclodextrins are crosslinked through their hydroxyl groups to each other using 1,4 butanediol diglycidyl ether (BDE, Mol. Wt. 202.2). [0255]
  • In order to entrap the drug, the DOX is dissolved in a solvent and mixed with the CD to form inclusion complexes. Then the CD is cross-linked to form the polymer and completely entrap the drug in polymer aggregates. [0256]
  • A preparation is made to give a molecular ratio between 1:2 and 1:8 of DOX to CD. While mixing, the drug is exposed to the CD to allow complexes to form between the DOX and CD. The procedure is to combine near saturated DOX with 100 ml of 4.0% cyclodextrin in 0-20% (v/v) dimethylformamide (DMF) in water, with 5 ml of 2 N NaOH (starting pH 13), with vigorous mixing (20,000 rpm impeller). The cross-linking reaction is initiated by adding 10 ml of 95% BDE while ring and incubating at 60° C. [0257]
  • The reaction is conducted for 2-6 hours followed by the addition of a molar excess of lysine (0.75 ml of 4 M lysine in water, adjusted to pH 8). Lysine is incorporated into the polymer as the BDE cross-links the lysine through one of its amino groups to the cyclodextrin. The excess lysine also couples to and blocks any remaining free BDE. Mixing is continued for one more hour and the mixture is then neutralized with 1 N HCl. [0258]
  • Aliquots of the drug-loaded CD polymer carrier are then fractionated by gel exclusion chromatography on pre-calibrated columns of Sephacryl® S200-HR (40×5 cm) equilibrated with distilled H[0259] 2O. Pre-calibration is done using various molecular weight dextrans (i.e. 15,000 to 60,000, Sigma) in separate runs.
  • The carrier fractions that elute in molecular weight ranges between 20,000 and 50,000 are taken to the next step. Other fractions of higher or lower molecular weight may also be suitable. The fractions are then vacuum dried at 50° C. and weighed. The approximate moles of product are calculated as total grams of dried carrier divided by the apparent molecular weight. The relative amount of CD in the fractions can be monitored by a calorimetric test as described previously. The CD polymer fractions can also be tested for the presence of amino groups as described previously. [0260]
  • If needed, additional lysine molecules can be added to the PolyCD. The procedure is to again treat the carrier with BDE as described above, but for only 20-30 minutes. Additional amino groups are then introduced with the excess lysine treatment and the product is fractionated on Sephacryl® as described. [0261]
  • Alternatively, a selective derivatization procedure is used that takes advantage of the more reactive primary hydroxyls. The procedure is to first “tosylate” two or more primary hydroxyls on each cyclodextrin and then replace the tosyl groups with amino groups. The cyclodextrins are then complexed with the DOX and polymerized by cross-linking through the aminos using a bifunctional cross-linking agent. [0262]
  • The tosylation step is done by reacting 12 grams of cyclodextrin with 9 grams of p-toluenesulfonyl chloride (tosyl chloride) in 100 ml of anhydrous pyridine solvent. The tosyl chloride is added in 3 gram aliquots over a 36 hour period with constant stirring of the mixture for a total of 48 hours. The reaction is stopped with 20 ml of methanol. The product is precipitated, filtered and washed with 200 ml aliquots of chloroform, then dried. [0263]
  • The tosyl groups are substituted for azide by dissolving 1.3 gm of the tosylated cyclodextrin in 100 ml of dimethylformamide (DMF) and adding 1 gm of sodium azide. The mixture is heated with siring to 100° C. for 2 hours and the product is collected from dried supernatant. The product is dissolved in 10 ml of water, precipitated with acetone and dried. [0264]
  • The azide cyclodextrin is reduced to the amine by dissolving 1 gm in 100 ml of 20% methanol/water containing 0.4 gm of palladium black catalyst (Sigma). The mixture is stirred 1 hour under H[0265] 2, then filter through Celite. The amino-derivatized cyclodextrin is collected by drying.
  • The resulting amino-cyclodextrin (amino-CD), can then be complexed with DOX and polymerized using any water-soluble bifunctional reagent such as dimethyl suberimidate (DMS, Mol. Wt 273.2), which is routinely used to selectively couple amino groups Technical Bull., Pierce). [0266]
  • The parameters of molar ratios and reaction times for cross-linking amino-CD with DMS are optimized for the desired polymer carrier. Typically, to 100 ml of 4.0% amino-CD previously complexed with DOX in 0.2 M triethanolamine HCl, pH 8.5 in water, is added 4 gm of DMS and me at 60° C. for 2-6 hours. The reaction is stopped by the addition of a molar excess of lysine (4 M, adjusted to pH 8). Lysine is incorporated into the polymer as the DMS cross-links the lysine and additional amino groups are available for coupling to antibody. The excess lysine also couples to and blocks any remaining free DMS. The mixing is continued for one more hour and the mixture is then neutralized with 1 N HCl. The resulting polymer is fractionated by gel exclusion chromatography as described previously. Alternatively, any suitable biorecognition molecule with an available amino group can be used in place of the lysine such as antibodies or other proteins, polypeptides, or amino-sugars. Also, other anticancer drugs can be used in place of DOX such as daunomycin, puromycin or ellipticine. [0267]
  • B. Introduction of Sulfhydryl Groups by Thiolating Amines on the CD Carrier. [0268]
  • The CD polymer carrier is thiolated by modifying the lysine residues using 2-iminothiolane (FW 137.6), based on the technical bulletin from Pierce Chem. Co. The number of available amino groups on the carrier can be determined as described previously. The molar ratio that is used between the carrier and 2-iminothiolane is about 1:10. [0269]
  • The reaction is carried out by combining 0.4 mmoles of carrier dissolved in 0.16 M borate buffer (pH 8.0), and 4 mmoles of 2-iminothiolane. The mixture is mixed for about 2 hours at room temperature. The resulting thiolated carrier is separated by gel chromatography using a Sephadex® G15 column equilibrated with 0.05 M phosphate buffer, pH 7.5. [0270]
  • Aliquots of the thiolated carrier can be tested for the presence of sulfhydryl groups. The test for sulfhydryl is a standard test that employs 5,5′-dithiobis(2-nitrobenzoic acid, DTNB). The procedure is to combine 0.1 ml of thio-polyCD samples diluted in water with 1 ml of deoxygenated 0.2 M Tris buffer, pH 8.2, and add 0.1 ml of 0.01 M DTNB in deoxygenated methanol. Color is allowed to develop for 30 minutes and the absorbance is read at 412 nm on a spectrophotometer. The results are compared to a standard curve of identically tested dilutions of 2-mercaptoethanol. The goal is to introduce an average of at least three sulfhydryl groups (2-mercaptoethanol molar equivalents), for each mole of thiolated carrier. [0271]
  • C. Conjugation of the Thiolated CD Carrier to Maleimide-Activated Antibody. [0272]
  • The molar ratio of thiolated carrier to antibody is about 4:1. For instance, 0.02 mmoles of the 20,000 molecular weight fraction of thiolated carrier is conjugated with 0.005 mmoles of antibody previously coupled through amino groups to m-maleimidobenzoyl-N-hydroxysuccinimide ester (MBS-antibody) (MW 140,000). Other molar ratios of thiolated carrier to antibody can be used during conjugation. [0273]
  • The conjugation reaction is to combine freshly prepared MBS-antibody with thiolated carrier in 0.05 M phosphate buffer, pH 7.5, and stir for 2 hours at room temperature. The conjugate is fractionated by gel exclusion chromatography using bovine IgG calibrated Sephacryl® S200-HR column equilibrated with the same buffer. The fractionated conjugate is collected in a fraction collector equipped with an ultraviolet monitor set at 280 nm to detect the IgG. The conjugate is in the fractions containing IgG and corresponding to molecular weights greater than 200,000. [0274]
  • The conjugate fractions can be tested for protein content using the Bradford calorimetric method and tested for carbohydrate as described previously. Fractions greater than 200,000 molecular weight are pooled and concentrated by centrifugation filtration using 100,000 molecular weight cutoff filter tubes (Micron Separations Inc., Westboro Mass.) or by precipitation with ammonium sulfate and dialysis against PB. [0275]
    • Preparation VII Oxidized Cyclodextrin Polymer Carrier with Entrapped Doxorubicin
  • (CD41B) The purpose is to prepare oxidize cyclodextrin (CD) to provide dialdehydes that are then reacted with a diamino compound such as 1,6 hexanediamine to provide terminal amino groups for subsequent crosslinking to make the polymer carrier. Alternatively, CD monomers, dimers or polymers can be derivatized using methods previously described for introducing active groups for coupling with amino groups. For instance, the CD (or CD-block) can be suitably tosylated, or treated with various bifunctional epoxy compounds such as BDE or GDE before coupling to the amino compound. [0276]
  • (CD52) In some preparations, CD-block dimers, trimers and polymers were first synthesized by crosslinking the CD with epoxy coupling agents such as BDE, GDE or TMTE. For GDE, the procedure was to combine about 4.5 gm of CD dissolved in about 60 ml of 60° C. water with about 0.1 ml of 10 N KOH and about 0.5 ml of GDE. The solution is mixed vigorously at 60° C. for 2-4 hours or until the GDE is consumed. At this point the mixture can be oxidized to produce dial-CD blocks, or the CD-blocks can be treated with glycidol before oxidation to produce “polyaldehyde-CD” for use in the next step. Alternatively, the un-oxidized CD-blocks can be derivatized with amino or thiol groups for subsequent crosslinking in CD carrier synthesis. [0277]
  • A. Preparation of Dialdehyde CD Using Oxidation. [0278]
  • The oxidation procedure is similar to that of Preparation V. The procedure was to add 3.42 gm of sodium m-periodate (NaIO[0279] 4) to 4.546 gm of beta cyclodextrin dissolved in 60 ml of water and 0.5 ml of 10 N KOH at 70-80° C. The molar ratio of NaIO4 to cyclodextrin was 4:1. After one hour, the pH of the solution was adjusted up to 14 with 0.03 ml of 10 N KOH and the reaction was continued in the dark overnight.
  • The pH was adjusted to 7 with 0.02 ml of 10 N KOH and the remaining NaIO[0280] 4 was consumed with a 2× molar excess of ethylene glycol (0.5 ml). The resulting dialdehyde cyclodextrin (dial-CD) was clarified by filtration through a 0.2 micron filter and fractionated on a Sephadex™ G-25 column. The leading fractions containing dial-CD were pooled.
  • In some preparations, the dial-CD was subsequently crosslinked using various epoxides such as BDE or GDE, which produced CD-block dimers, trimers and polymers containing aldehydes. Alternatively, the CD (or CD-block) has been treated with glycidol (2-7× molar excess, pH 7-10) before oxidation, which produces 2,3-dihydroxypropyl cyclodextrin (DHPCD) with additional diols at the primary and secondary sides of the molecule. Subsequent oxidation then converts the diols to aldehydes to produce a “polyaldehyde-CD”, which can then be coupled with amino groups. [0281]
  • B. Preparation of 1,6 Hexanediamine-Coupled CD Monomer. [0282]
  • This reaction involves the reaction of the amino groups on 1,6 hexanediamine (HXDA) with available aldehydes on the dial-CD (or poly-CD) to form aldehyde bonds with amino groups so that ideally each aldehyde is coupled to a single HFA molecule with minimal cross-linking. About a 4× molar excess of HXDA was added to about 0.0014 moles of the dial-CD preparation in water while stirring at room temperature. The pH was adjusted to 7 with about 1.3 ml of 6 N HCl, and reacted overnight. The resulting 1,6 hexanediamine-coupled cyclodextrin monomer (HXDA-CD) was concentrated by evaporation to about 15 ml. The entire solution was applied to a Sephadex™ G-25 column in water. The fractions were tested colorimetrically for carbohydrate content and amino groups. The front fractions containing carbohydrate and amino groups were pooled and HXDA-CD monomer was concentrated by evaporation to about 20 ml. [0283]
  • Alternatively, other amino compounds have been coupled to the oxidized CD such as hydrazine, adipic add dihydrazide, glutamic acid, beta-phenylethylamine, laurylamine and cystamine. Many other useful amino compounds can be coupled to the oxidized CD or CD-block such as polypeptides, 6-amino-N-hexanoic acid, arginine, protamines, N-(2-aminoethyl)-1,3-propanediamine (AEPD), polyethylenimine (PEI) and nucleic acids. [0284]
  • C. Preparation of HXDA-CD Polymer with Completely Entrapped DOX. [0285]
  • (CD49) The purpose is to cross-link HXDA-CD monomer through the terminal amino groups to form a water-soluble (or colloidal) cyclodextrin polymer carrier. The cattier is prepared by combining HXDA-CD monomer with DOX, then adding an “activated” HXDA-CD monomer that polymerizes with the HXDA-CD and entraps the DOX in situ. The “activated” monomer can be any CD monomer (or CD-block) that has been treated to provide active coupling groups that will crosslink with the amino groups on the other CD monomer or CD-block. Monomers can be activated by treating them with a variety of bifunctional coupling agents listed previously. Also, dial-CD can be used as the activated monomer where the aldehyde groups can couple to the amino groups of the HXDA-CD. [0286]
  • In this case, the HXDA-CD is treated with glutaraldehyde to form aldehyde bonds with amino groups before combining it with the other monomer and drug. Activated monomer was prepared by combining about 0.126 gm of HXDA-CD in 2.1 ml water with 0.35 ml of 1 N NaOH, and then adding 0.35 ml of 20% glutaraldehyde in water. Drug-complexed monomer was prepared by combining about 0.021 gm of H A-CD in 0.35 ml of water with about 3.25 mg of DOX in 0.28 ml of water. [0287]
  • After about 20 minutes, drug-loaded carrier was prepared by combining one half of the activated monomer (0.063 gm in 1.4 ml) with the drug-complexed monomer preparation. A drug-free control carrier was also prepared by combining 1.4 ml of the same activated monomer solution with 0.35 ml of water containing 0.021 gm of untreated monomer only. Both mixtures were allowed to crosslink for about 1.5 hours, then dialyzed for about 1 hour in 12,400 molecular weight cutoff (MWCO), cellulose tubing against 70% isopropanol in water. Dialysis was continued for about three more hours against distilled water. [0288]
  • After no detectable DOX was found in the dialysate, the preparations were analyzed for DOX. DOX was measured by diluting 0.02 ml aliquots of sample into 0.18 ml of 1 N NaOH, reading the absorbance at 620 nm and comparing the absorbances to a standard curve of DOX. Aliquots of the preparations were also dried to determine the weight % DOX. [0289]
  • The preparations were then tested in a cytotoxicity assay using Daudi cells from human Burkitt lymphoma. The test is a colorimetric assay based on the ability of metabolically active cells to reduce thiazolyl blue (MTT) to a blue formazan product (Alley, et al., Cancer Res. 48:589 (1988)). [0290]
  • The procedure was to incubate growth phase cells in RPMI media with 10% fetal bovine serum and containing different concentrations of each carrier preparation for 48 hours. Cytotoxicity was determined as a function of the concentration of carrier needed to inhibit growth by 50%. This was measured by a reduction in the amount of colored product compared to untreated control cells. With the control cell value taken as zero cytotoxicity, there was a five-fold increase in cytotoxicity of the DOX-loaded carrier vs. the control after 48 hours. Results are presented in the following Table D. [0291]
    TABLE D
    Weight %
    Preparation DOX Conc. Total Dry Wt. % DOX Cytotoxicity
    DOX-loaded 1.80 mg/ml 25.0 mg/ml 7.2 60.5
    Control Carrier 0 27.0 mg/ml 0 10.0
    • Preparation VIII Beta CD Polymer Carrier Crosslinked Through Sulfhydryls with Entrapped Doxorubicin
  • (CD45) The purpose is to crosslink thiolated cyclodextrin monomers through their sulfhydryl groups while they are complexed with drug to completely entrap the drug in the cattier. [0292]
  • A. Preparation of Thiolated CD Monomer. [0293]
  • (CD41b) HXDA-CD was prepared as described previously. The HXDA-CD was thiolated by slowly combining and mixing about 0.6 gm of HXDA-CD in 10 ml of 0.1 M K[0294] 2HPO4 buffer, pH 8.5, in water with 0.33 gm of iminothiolane (2-IT). After about 2 hours, the mixture was fractionated on a Sephadex™ G25 column in water. The leading fractions containing the carbohydrate peak were pooled and concentrated by evaporation to give about 0.076 gm per ml.
  • B. DOX-Loaded Carrier Prepared by Dithiol Crosslinking of Thiolated CD Monomer. [0295]
  • In duplicate preparations, a 0.2 ml aliquot of the thiolated CD monomer (about 0.012 mmoles) was combined with about 0.0002 mmoles of doxorubicin and mixed to allow complexing. Crosslinking through dithiol linkages was initiated by the addition of 0.05 ml of 30% H[0296] 2O2 and heating over boiling water. Through oxidation and coupling of the sulfhydryl groups to form dithiols, the monomer becomes crosslinked. A polymer carrier formed that entrapped the DOX in the carrier and formed a red particulate suspension that was precipitated by centrifugation. The carrier preparations were resuspended and dialyzed overnight in 12,400 MWCO cellulose tubing against 10% isopropanol. The recovered dialysates were again centrifuged and produced red pellets indicating that DOX was still entrapped in the carrier.
    • Preparation IX Coupling Methods for Targeting Cyclodextrin Polymer Carriers
  • These are methods for synthesizing cyclodextrin polymer carriers wherein a coupling group is included in the composition to provide for coupling to any suitable biorecognition molecule with a suitable functional group. The biorecognition molecule can be a suitable protein, including antibodies and avidins or streptavidin, or ligands, or nucleic acids. [0297]
  • A. Preparation of NHS-CD Polymer Carriers. [0298]
  • In a suitable anhydrous solvent such as DMF, the CD-carboxylic acid polymer is combined with N-hydroxysuccinimide and an aromatic carbodiimide such as N,N-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide, at approximately equimolar ratios and reacted at RT for 1-3 Hrs. The product, N-hydroxysuccinimide cyclodextrin (NHS-CD), is separated in the filtrate from precipitated dicyclohexylurea, collected by evaporation and purified by chromatography. [0299]
  • Under appropriate conditions, NHS-CD polymer derivatives can be prepared by coupling NHS esters directly to amino-CD or amino-CD polymer. Preferably, the NHS ester is a bifunctional NHS coupling agent with a suitable spacer. Suitable NHS coupling agents for use in this invention have been previously described, including DSS, bis(sulfosuccinimidyl)suberate (BS[0300] 3), DSP, DTSSP, SPDP, BSOCOES, DSAH, DST, and EGS, among others.
  • B. Preparation of Sulfhydryl-CD Polymer Carriers. [0301]
  • Sulfhydryls on polymer carriers can be used for disulfide coupling to other available sulfhydryls on the desired biorecognition molecule such as antibodies, or avidins, or streptavidin, or ligands, or nucleic acids. If needed, the available sulfhydryls can be introduced by thiolation of the biorecognition molecule before coupling. Alternatively, a sulfhydryl-containing CD polymer carrier is coupled to any maleimide derivative of protein, ligand, nucleic acid or biotin, (e.g. biotin-maleimide) or iodoacetyl derivatives such as N-iodoacetyl-N′biotinylhexylenediamine. [0302]
  • C. Maleimido-Cyclodextrin Polymer Carriers and Iodo-Cyclodextrin Polymer Carriers. [0303]
  • The maleimido-cyclodextrin polymer carriers (Mal-CD), of this invention are suitable for coupling to native or introduced sulfhydryls on the desired biorecognition molecule. [0304]
  • A maleimido group is added to an amino-CD polymer carrier suitably prepared as described previously, by coupling a suitable hetero-bifunctional coupling agent to the available amino group. The hetero-bifunctional coupling agent consists of a suitable spacer with a maleimide group at one end and an NHS ester at the other end. Examples are previously described and include MBS, SMCC, SMPB, SPDP, among others. The reaction is carried out so that the NHS ester couples to the available amino group on the CD polymer carrier, leaving the maleimide group free for subsequent coupling to an available sulfhydryl on a biorecognition molecule. [0305]
  • Under appropriate conditions, Iodo-Cyclodextrin (Iodo-CD) polymer carriers can be prepared for coupling to sulfhydryl groups. For instance, NHS esters of iodoacids can be coupled to the amino-CD polymers. Suitable iodoacids for use in this invention are iodopropionic acid, iodobutyric acid, iodohexanoic acid, iodohippuric acid, 3-iodotyrosine, among others. Before coupling to the amino-CD polymer, the appropriate Iodo-NHS ester is prepared by known methods (e.g. Rector, supra). For instance, equinolar amounts of iodopropionic acid and N-hydroxysuccinimide are mixed, with suitable carbodiimide, in anhydrous dioxane at RT for 1-2 Hrs, the precipitate removed by filtration, and the NHS iodopropionic acid ester is collected in the filtrate. The NHS iodopropionic acid ester is then coupled to the amino-CD polymer carrier. [0306]
    • Preparation X Biotinylated Cyclodextrin Polymer Carriers
  • Biotinylated CD polymer carriers can be produced by a variety of known biotinylation methods suitably modified for use with CD's. For instance, combining an amino-CD polymer derivative with a known N-hydroxysuccinimide derivative of biotin in appropriate buffer such as 0.1 M phosphate, pH 8.0, reacting for up to 1 hour at room temperature. Examples of biotin derivatives that can be used are, biotin-N-hydroxysuccinimide, biotinamidocaproate N-hydroxysuccinimide ester or sulfosuccinimidyl 2-(biotinamino)ethyl-1,3′-dithiopropionate, among others. [0307]
  • Through the use of suitable protection and deprotection schemes, as needed, any CD polymer carrier of the instant invention can be coupled to biotin or a suitable derivative thereof, through any suitable coupling group. For instance, biocytin can be coupled through an available amino group to any NHS-CD label described herein. Likewise, thiolated biotin can be coupled to any mal-CD polymer carrier. [0308]
  • The biotinylated CD polymer carrier can be used to couple a plurality of carriers to an intermediate. For instance, by combining dilute solutions of the biotinylated CD carrier with avidin or streptavidin in the appropriate molar ratio, 1, 2 or 3 biotinylated CD carriers will couple to the avidin or streptavidin and produce a complex with one or more biotin-binding sites still available. [0309]
    • Preparation XI A Cyclodextrin Polymer Carrier Prepared on a Solid Support
  • Another embodiment for a water-soluble (or colloidal) cyclodextrin polymer carrier can be synthesized with a more predictable number of CD molecules, giving new advantages of uniform structure and chemical properties. The synthesis method is to couple an initial CD molecule (or derivative) to a solid support using a cleavable coupling agent. Then additional CD molecules (or CD derivatives with or without protected groups) are attached to the first CD in a controlled, step-wise manner. Alternatively, a suitable intermediate substance (i.e. amino derivatized PEG or HPMA) can be initially coupled to the solid support and CD molecules coupled to it. After the desired number of CD molecules have been linked together to form an open polymer, the carrier is then cleaved from the solid support. The desired drug or other active agent is then allowed to complex with the polymer. Also, the polymer can be further cross-linked to close the polymer and completely entrap the active agent. [0310]
  • The CD molecules used in this procedure can include tethered guests and antenna substances, and be suitably derivatized and/or capped before coupling to incorporate other desirable features. However, it is preferred that each CD molecule (or dimer, or trimer), that is coupled, has a well-defined structure to facilitate the production of CD polymer carriers with uniform and consistent properties. [0311]
  • A variety of suitable materials, such as those used in chromatography (e.g. Smokova-Keulemansova, supra), can be used for a solid support. The solid support can be in the form of particles, beads, fibers, plates, and tubing walls, and composed of styrenes, acrylamides, silica gels, solid or porous glass, dextrans, and celluloses, among others that are suitably derivatized as needed and compatible with the reactions used. [0312]
  • The initial coupling agent used to couple the initial CD or intermediate substance to the support is preferably one that is readily cleaved when desired. Suitably, the initial coupling agent is a bifunctional, amino-reactive reagent such as those with a cleavable disulfide group, including DTBP, DSP, DTSSP and photoactive couplers like BASED, SADP, SAND, and SASD. Other suitable initial amino-reactive coupling agents are periodate cleavable, such as DST and sulfo-DST, or hydroxylamine cleavable at the ethyl ester linkage, such as EGS and sulfo-EGS. [0313]
  • The coupling agents used to couple subsequent CD's to make an open polymer are preferably noncleavable, or biocleavable, or cleavable by a different mechanism than the initial coupling agent When coupling through amino-derivatized CD molecules, amino-reactive, bifunctional coupling agents such as DMA, DMP, DMS, DSS and DSG would be used. When coupling through sulfhydryl-derivatized CD molecules, sulfhydryl-reactive, bifunctional coupling agents would be used such as MBS. Diepoxy coupling agents such as BDE can be used to couple through amino, sulfhydryl or hydroxyl functional groups. [0314]
  • In another embodiment, when the polymer is cleaved from the support after synthesis, it can leave a suitable functional group for targeting by subsequently coupling a biorecognition molecule to the polymer. Or, the remaining functional group can be converted to an NHS ester by various known means for subsequent coupling to an amino group on a biorecognition molecule. [0315]
    • CD Polymer Carrier Synthesis
  • A suitable method for synthesizing water-soluble (or colloidal) cyclodextrin polymer carriers of the instant invention is as follows; [0316]
  • 1. A suitable amino-derivatized solid support is prepared. For instance, porous glass beads or predried silica gel is amino-derivatized with (3-aminopropyl)trimethoxysilane. The solid support is then treated for coupling (activated), with a bifunctional, cleavable disulfide coupling agent, DSP. The uncoupled reagents are removed. [0317]
  • 2. To the support is added for coupling, an excess of amino-CD derivative, or amino-2, 3 dihydroxypropyl beta cyclodextrin (amino-DHPCD) or amino-derivatized HPMA (amino-HPMA). The uncoupled reagents are removed. [0318]
  • 3. The initial CD or intermediate substance is then treated for additional coupling (activated) with a suitable bifunctional coupling agent that will react with the initial CD and subsequently couple to additional CD molecules. For instance, with amino-DHPCD or amino-HPMA, an amino-reactive agent such as DSS is used. Or, the initial CD or intermediate substance can be treated with a diepoxy such as BDE. The unreacted coupling agent is then removed. [0319]
  • 4. An excess of amino-DHPCD molecules (which may include some halogenated alkylphalimide protected amino groups) are then added to covalently couple to the initial CD or intermediate substance. The unreacted amino-DHPCD molecules are then removed. [0320]
  • 5. The immobilized preparation is then treated again for additional coupling with a suitable bifunctional coupling agent such as DSS or BDE. The unreacted coupling agent is then removed. [0321]
  • 6. Another cycle of excess amino-DHPCD molecules are then added as before to covalently couple to the preparation and unreacted reagent is removed. [0322]
  • 7. Depending on how large an open polymer is desired, the steps are repeated of activating the preparation again with coupling agent, removing the unreacted agent, adding excess amino-DHPCD molecules for coupling and removing the unreacted CD molecules. After the last cycle of DHPCD molecules have been coupled to the preparation, unreacted molecules are removed. [0323]
  • 8. The cyclodextrin polymer carrier is then cleaved from the solid support by reduction of the disulfide bond in the initial coupling agent. [0324]
  • 9. To the open polymer preparation the desired drug or other active agent is added and allowed to complex with the polymer. In this example, puromycin is added to allow inclusion complexes to form with the polymer. [0325]
  • 10. If desired, the drug-loaded polymer can be further cross-linked to dose the polymer and completely entrap the active agent In this example, the amino-reactive coupling agent DSS is used to cross-link the available amino groups. If employed, previously protected amino groups are made available by a deprotection step before final cross-linking. [0326]
  • Other modifications can be included before final cleavage. For instance, acid-labile linkages can be incorporated into the final cross-linking to provide controlled release of entrapped active agent. In one embodiment, vicinal hydroxyls on the DHPCD molecules of the open polymer can be oxidized to dialdehydes using Na metaperiodate. The dialdehydes are then coupled to hydrazine to provide acid-labile hydrazone linkages with terminal amino groups. [0327]
  • The open polymer is then loaded with drug as before and then closed by cross-linking the terminal amino groups. The final cross-linking is done using a bifunctional, amino-reactive coupling agent such as DSS or BDE. Also, the drug-loaded carrier can be treated with acetic or succinic anhydride to give carboxylates that are converted to NHS esters through reaction with carbodiimides and N-hydroxysuccinimide. The carrier can also be targeted by coupling it to a suitable biorecognition molecule. [0328]
    • Preparation XII A Cyclodextrin Polymer Carrier Prepared From a Cyclodextrin Monolayer
  • Another embodiment for a water-soluble (or colloidal) cyclodextrin polymer carrier can be synthesized wherein the cyclodextrin monomers are first cross-linked to form an open polymer that is in the form of a sheet or layer of cross-linked cyclodextrin molecules. This embodiment can provide new advantages of organized structure and chemical properties. [0329]
  • In the first step of the synthesis method, CD molecules (or CD derivatives such as HPCD or DHPCD) are positioned on a surface so that their primary or secondary ends are facing the surface and their edges are within coupling distance of each other. Ideally, all of the CD molecules are oriented in the same direction. One way of accomplishing this is to prepare a surface (i.e. a solid support or flexible surface) onto which guest molecules have been covalently coupled (i.e. through spacer groups) so that each guest is available to form an inclusion complex with a cyclodextrin. Suitably, guest molecules are used that force the cyclodextrin molecules to bind to them in only one orientation. For instance, if the guest molecules are just big enough, they will form the strongest binding inclusion complex by only entering the larger, secondary end of the cyclodextrin molecule and not the smaller primary end. Examples of the most preferable inclusion compounds, especially with aromatic compounds, are well known for alpha CD, beta CD and gamma CD. For instance, adamantane and anthracene derivatives bind primarily through the secondary end of beta CD and pyrene derivatives bind primarily through the secondary end of gamma CD. In the following example, 2-aminoanthracene can be replaced with a suitable amino-derivatized adamantane such as 1-aminoadamantane, 1-adamantane methyamine, or 1-adamantane carboxamide. [0330]
  • In this example, 2-aminoanthracene is coupled to amino-derivatized glass beads using a bifunctional NHS coupling agent such as DSS. The 2-aminoanthracene is immobilized in very high density so that many molecules are within one beta CD diameter's distance apart (i.e. about 6 angstroms). Then in suitable solvent or aqueous buffer, beta CD is mixed with the beads to form inclusion complexes with the immobilized 2-aminoanthracene on the bead surface. The excess CD may be removed. [0331]
  • Then the complexed CD molecules are cross-linked with a diepoxy such as BDE, or a triepoxy such as glycerol propoxylate triglycidylether, so that every CD molecule is coupled to at least two (preferably 3 or 4) of its neighbor CD molecules. Alternatively, derivatized CD molecules can be used such as amino-CD or amino-HPCD or amino-DHPCD, and then cross-linked using a cleavable, bifunctional coupling agent such as DSP, DST or EGS. Also, amino-CD molecules can be cross-linked using a suitable biocleavable coupling agent described herein. [0332]
  • The resulting open polymer is a sheet or monolayer of CD molecules (or CD derivatives with or without protected groups). The resulting CD monolayer is then removed from the immobilized 2-aminoanthracene molecules by using a suitable competing solvent or surfactant to cause dissociation. [0333]
  • The CD monolayer is then mixed, in suitable solvent or aqueous buffer, with a drug or other active agent (i.e. paclitaxel) to allow the monolayer to form inclusion complexes with the drug. The drug-loaded CD monolayer is then further cross-linked to close the polymer and completely entrap the drug. The resulting CD monolayer carrier can also be targeted by coupling it to a biorecognition molecule. The CD monolayer carrier can be further derivatized to provide functional groups that are then used for coupling to the biorecognition molecule. [0334]
    • Preparation XIII CD Polymer Carriers with Antenna Substances
  • A new water-soluble (or colloidal) CD polymer carrier with potentially greater cytotoxic or catalytic efficiency can be synthesized by incorporating antenna substances. An antenna substance is defined as certain light and/or energy collecting substances that transfer the energy to a catalyst or energy emitter in the carrier. The various antenna substances of the invention can be conjugated and/or noncovalently coupled in “close proxnity” so that they will cooperatively participate in an energy transfer reaction resulting in the emission of energy or a product. The most preferred application is in photodynamic therapy where photoactive agents are used to kill cancer cells. [0335]
  • The antenna substances can be coupled to the carrier in various ways to promote the most efficient cytotoxic or catalytic activity. For instance, the antennas can be covalently coupled to the CD derivative or CD polymer, to the guest photoactive agent, or to an intermediate substance that is part of the CD carrier. Certain photosynthetic antenna substances (e.g. chlorophylls, pigments) can also be coupled noncovalently to the CD carrier through binding to certain polypeptides (e.g. from photosynthetic plants, algae and bacteria), which are then covalently bound to the CD carrier. Examples of photosynthetic substances are described by H. Zuber, TIBS 11, 414-419, October, 1986, and J. Deisenhofer, et al, Science 245, 1463-1473 (1989), the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference. [0336]
  • Suitable antenna substances are any aliphatic, aromatic or heterocyclic compounds that are capable of collecting light energy or photons. The most preferred antenna substances for use in photodynamic therapy are those that absorb infrared and far infrared light Examples include carotenoids, folic acids, retinols, retinals, rhodopsins, viologens, chlorophylls, bacteriochlorophylls, phycobiliproteins, phycoerythrins, porphyrins, MCe[0337] 6, open chain tetrapyrroles (bilins), tryptophan and/or tyrosine-containing substances (e.g. polypeptides), Rose Bengal, fluorophores, scintillators, and various derivatives, analogs and precursors of the antenna substances.
    • Preparation XIV Cyclodextrin Catalyst Agent
  • A cyclodextrin catalyst agent is a new invention defined herein as a cyclodextrin derivative of an individual cyclodextrin, or dimer, trimer or polymer, wherein the CD derivative host functions as an “artificial enzyme”, and certain guest molecules function as chemical substrates. When the chemical substrate comes in contact with the cyclodextrin catalyst agent under appropriate conditions, it is modified to produce a product that is inhibitory or toxic to certain cells, microbes or parasites. In one embodiment, the CD catalyst agent is coupled to a biorecognition molecule for targeting specific infected cells, cancer cells, tissues or disease organisms. [0338]
  • With suitable derivatization, the CD catalyst agents can be synthesized to bind and modify prodrugs into active drugs and modify other specific substrates. The CD catalyst agent can also catalyze specific reactions such as generate free radicals, including singlet or triplet oxygen that directly kills infected cells, cancer cells, or disease organisms. [0339]
  • Preferred CD catalyst agents include various photosensitizer substances, especially those used for singlet and triplet oxygen formation useful for photodynamic therapy (van Lier, J. E. In “Photodynamic Therapy of Neoplastic Disease”; Kessel, D., Ed., CRC Press, Boca Raton, Fla., 1990, Vol. I), including meso-chlorin e[0340] 6 monoethylenediamine (Mce6), phytalocyanine, porphyrins and their derivatives and analogs.
  • Suitably, the CD catalyst agent requires derivatives that provide a “recognition site” and one or more “catalytic groups” on the CD agent (e.g. references; Ikeda, VanEtten, Hirai or Tabushi). Depending on the CD molecule used, the substrate to be catalyzed, and the reaction intended, the recognition site and catalytic groups can be provided through one or several derivatives, as needed. The recognition site generally involves the hydrophobic cavity of the CD molecule, and provides a means for specifically binding and/or orienting the substrate of interest with the CD catalytic agent. [0341]
  • The catalytic groups are generally organic and/or inorganic chemical residues, functional groups and ionic species that provide a suitable chemical environment for promoting the catalytic reaction. The catalytic groups can be any known chemical residue or species that provides the desired catalytic reaction, including carboxylates, imidazoles, histamines, hydroxyls, amines, amides, aldehydes, ketones, phosphates, sulfhydryls, halogens, amino adds, nucleic acids, chelators, and metals. Additional examples of suitable catalytic groups useful in the instant invention can be found in the art of derivatizing CD's and derivatizing or “genetic engineering” of antibodies for use as enzymes. Other suitable references are; M. L. Bender, I. Tabushi E. Baldwin, P. G. Schultz (below). [0342]
  • In addition, an improved CD catalyst agent can be synthesized wherein the recognition site and/or catalytic groups is provided or augmented through the use of one or more suitable captured guests, described herein, that interact (e.g. binding, alignment and/or excimer formation), with the substrate being catalyzed. In this case, the captured guest is preferably coupled to the CD molecule by a suitable spacer group to allow interaction with the substrate, and can be any suitable aliphatic, aromatic, or heterocyclic compound, including any suitable inclusion compounds described herein. [0343]
  • Suitable CD catalyst agent reactions include hydrolysis (e.g. of any suitable ester or amide containing substrates), oxidation, dephosphorylation, acid-base catalysis, formylation, dichloromethylation, carboxylation, rearrangement, substitution, allylation, and halogenation, among others. In any case, the catalyst CD agents can be prepared so that the catalyst CD product is inhibitory or toxic to certain cells, microbes or parasites. The cyclodextrin catalyst agents can also be coupled to a variety of substances, such as biorecognition molecules, ligands, antigens, antibodies, nucleotides, nucleic acids, and liposomes, as well as to a variety of support materials including magnetic particles for use in assays and chemical processes. [0344]
  • An improved CD catalyst agent comprises the direct or indirect coupling of any suitable antenna substance described herein, to the CD molecule, for collection of light energy that is transferred to the CD catalyst and thereby accelerates the desired reaction such as in photodynamic therapy. [0345]
    • Preparation XV Amylose Polymer Carriers for Active Agents
  • The helical segments of amyloses, can be suitably polymerized, derivatized and/or capped to produce a carrier for drugs, nucleic acids and other active agents wherein suitable functional and/or coupling groups are included. Yet another composition includes the use of “self assembly” substances coupled to the amylose. [0346]
  • Suitably, these amylose polymers have the necessary properties to form an inclusion complex with all or part of a nucleic acid, especially those with little or no net charge such as certain sense and antisense ODNs. Or, suitably, these amylose polymers have primary, secondary or tertiary amine groups to provide the necessary cationic charge for complexing with all or part of a suitable nucleic acid. [0347]
  • Preferred substances are soluble or colloidal polymers of helical segments of amyloses. Especially useful are helical amylose molecules of more than 5 and less than 120 glucose units, that favor formation of rigid linear helixes. [0348]
  • In one preferred embodiment, a suitable amylose polymer or amylose segments are derivatized by various methods described herein for cyclodextrins, to provide cationic amine groups along the “edges” of the amylose chain. Then, a suitable anionic nucleic acid is mixed with the derivatized amylose to allow complexing to form between the cationic amylose and the anionic nucleic acid. [0349]
  • In another preferred embodiment, the amylose segments are first derivatized before including a nucleic acid. For instance, some or all of the available hydroxyl groups are suitably thiolated by various methods described herein for thiolating cyclodextrins, to provide sulfhydryl groups along the “edges” of the amylose chain. [0350]
  • Sulfhydryls are introduced through reaction of available hydroxyls with a suitable epoxy compound. For instance, epichlorohydrin or a suitable diepoxy crosslinker previously described, is coupled to a CD or CD polymer wherein free epoxy groups are produced. Free epoxy groups are then reacted with sodium thiosulfate to give thiosulfate esters (e.g. Carlsson, supra). The thiosulfate esters are subsequently reduced to sulfhydryls with dithiothreitol. [0351]
  • Then, a nucleic acid is mixed with the derivatized amylose to allow inclusion complexes to form under mild reducing conditions. After the nucleic acid is wholly or partially incorporated into the amylose, the complex is exposed to mild oxidation, which causes the sulfhydryl groups to crosslink and entrap the nucleic acid in the amylose. [0352]
  • In another preferred embodiment, the amylose segments are derivatized by various methods described herein for cyclodextrins, to provide amino groups along the “edges” of the amylose chain. Then, a nucleic acid or other active agent is mixed with the derivatized amylose to allow inclusion complexes to form. After the active agent is wholly or partially incorporated into the amylose, the complex is exposed to any suitable amino-specific crosslinking agent, which entraps the active agent within the amylose. [0353]
  • Another preferred embodiment has incorporated cross-links that contain biocleavable linkages between the sulfhydryl or amino groups as described previously. [0354]
  • Helical amylose polymers can be targeted by coupling them to biorecognition molecules such as proteins, polypeptides, lipids, lipoproteins, nucleic adds, surfactants, virus coat proteins, and organic molecules. They can include intermediate substances of acrylamides (HPMA), PEG, nylons, polystyrenes, resins, metals and celluloses, and their combinations. [0355]
    • Preparation XVI Micelle Polymer Carriers with Controlled Release
  • A micelle polymer carrier is a new invention defined herein as a water-soluble (or colloidal) micelle that has been suitably polymerized so that it completely entraps a nucleic acid or other active agent. The formation of micelles for carrying drugs, nucleic acids and other active agents is well known. However, micelle carriers of the prior art suffer from uncontrolled loss of the drug due to diffusion. This invention solves that problem through cross-linking the micelle components to completely entrap the drug or other active agent until it is delivered to the site of action. [0356]
  • For this invention, any suitable technology now used for preparing drug-carrying micelles is applicable to the synthesis of this invention including disclosures of reagents for preparing liposomes and those of Alkan-Onyuksel, H., Pharmaceutical Res. 11, 206-212 (1994). A distinguishing property of this invention is that the micelle-forming components must have suitable functional groups available on their hydrophilic “heads” to permit cross-linking after the micelle has been formed with a drug inside. [0357]
  • In one preferred embodiment, suitable micelles are formed that contain a drug. Then the head groups in the hydrophilic surface are suitably cross-linked using various bifunctional cross-linking agents so that the micelle cannot release the entrapped drug. Another preferred embodiment has incorporated cross-links that contain biocleavable linkages as described previously. Also, this carrier can be suitably targeted by coupling suitable biorecognition molecules to the surface. [0358]
    • Preparation XVII Amphiphilic Cyclodextrin Dimers, Trimers and Polymers
  • The purpose is to prepare a cure of water-soluble (or colloidal) amphiphilic cyclodextrin dimers, trimers and polymers with alkyl carbon chains attached. The cyclodextrins are cross-linked through hydroxyl groups using 1,4 butanediol diglycidyl ether (BDE) at low pH to favor reaction at the primary hydroxyl groups. Excess BDE molecules coupled at one end to the CD provide terminal oxirane groups that are subsequently thiolated by reaction with thiosulfate and reduction. Alkyl carbon chains ate coupled to the CD derivatives using a “long chain epoxy” that couples to other available hydroxyl groups (CD88). [0359]
  • A. Cross-Linking with BDE. [0360]
  • Into 125 ml of hot water (70-80° C.) adjusted to pH 4.5-5 with 0.05 ml 6 N HCl, was dissolved 2.84 gm of beta cyclodextrin (0.0025 moles). To this solution 4.1 ml of BDE (about 0.0125 moles) was added with mixing and continued heating for about 2 hours. [0361]
  • B. Coupling with a Long Chain Epoxy. [0362]
  • The mixture was adjusted to pH>10 with KOH and 1.28 gm (about 0.005 moles) of dodecyl/tetradecyl glycidyl ether (DTGE) was added and mixed vigorously. The solution was periodically mixed for about 1.5 hours, heated for about 3 hours and then left at room temperature (rt) overnight The resulting solution was light yellow and turbid. [0363]
  • C. Coupling with Na Thiosulfate. [0364]
  • To the reheated mixture, 6 gm (about 0.025 moles) of sodium thiosulfate was added and mixed. After about 1 hour, the pH was adjusted to 7 with KOH and the solution was heated for about 3.5 hours more. Excess DTGE was removed by chilling to solidify the DTGE and the solution was decanted. [0365]
  • D. Dialysis. [0366]
  • The mixture was dialyzed against a continuous flow of distilled water in 500 mwco tubing (Spectra/Por CE) for about 40 hours. The solution was concentrated by evaporation to 8 ml to give a clear, light yellow solution. [0367]
  • E. Reduction with Dithiothreitol to Provide Thiol Groups. [0368]
  • To the mixture, 8 ml of water and 0.96 gm (about 0.0062 moles) of dithiothreitol (DTT) was added, mixed and left overnight The turbid solution was then dialyzed against a continuous flow of distilled water in 500 mwco tubing (Spectra/Por CE) for about 40 hours. The solution was concentrated by evaporation to 3.7 ml to give a clear, yellow solution. Total yield based on dry weight was 2.276 gm of thiolated, amphiphilic cyclodextrin polymer. [0369]
  • F. Column Chromatography and Testing. [0370]
  • The mixture was fractionated on a Sephadex™ G15 column (2.5×47 cm) in water. The fractions were tested for relative carbohydrate and thiol concentration. [0371]
  • Carbohydrate was tested for by combining: 0.012 ml of sample, 0.01 ml of 1.5% 1-naphthol in methanol and finally 0.1 ml of 36N H[0372] 2SO4 to produce a color reaction. The absorbance was read at 620 nm and sample carbohydrate concentration was calculated by linear regression using values from a cyclodextrin standard curve.
  • Thiol groups were tested for by combining: 0.008 ml of sample and 0.1 ml of 0.0125% 2,2′-dithio-bis(5-nitropyridine) (DTNP) in 62.5% isopropanol, pH 6 to produce a color reaction. The absorbance was read at 405 nm and sample thiol concentration was calculated by linear regression using values from a cysteine standard curve. [0373]
  • Fractions with corresponding peak concentrations of carbohydrate and thiol were pooled and concentrated by evaporation. The final volume was 2.2 ml and the total yield based on dry weight was 1.144 gm. [0374]
  • The resulting mixture of thiolated amphiphilic CD dimers, trimers and polymers was highly water soluble and amorphous (glassy) when dried. [0375]
    • Preparation XVIII Cyclodextrin Dimers, Trimers and Polymers with Biocleavable Polypeptide Linkages
  • The purpose is to prepare cyclodextrin dimers, trimers and polymers crosslinked through biocleavable polypeptide linkages. This reaction employs the hetero-bifunctional crosslinking agent, m-maliemidobenzoyl-N-hydroxysuccinimide ester (MBS) to crosslink an amino-containing cationic substance with the thiolated CD dimers, trimers and polymers of Preparation XVII (CD95). In this example, the biocleavable linkage of leucine enkephalinamide, which contains the peptide sequence: Tyr-Gly-Gly-Phe-Leu (Sigma) is coupled to the cyclodextrin dimers, trimers and polymers. [0376]
  • To about 0.1 ml of 50% dimethylformamide (DMF) and phosphate buffered water, pH 6.5, containing about 0.0044 grams of leucine enkephalinamide, was added about 0.0036 gm of MBS dissolved in 0.1 ml DMF. This was mixed and allowed to react for about 30 minutes, which produced a clear solution. Then about 0.08 ml of water containing about 0.028 gm of the thiolated mixture of CD dimers, trimers and polymers (Prep. XVII) was added and mixed. After about 1 hour, the solution was clear but had turned brownish-orange, it was left overnight. The clear, brownish-orange mixture was exhaustively dialyzed first against 70%, then 35%, then 23% isopropanol, then finally distilled water in 2000 mwco dialysis tubing (Sigma). During the dialysis, the clear brownish-orange solution had turned very turbid with a precipitate, indicating a crosslinked product was produced. [0377]
    • Preparation XIX Cationic Cyclodextrin Dimers, Trimers and Polymers
  • The purpose is to prepare cyclodextrin dimers, trimers and polymers with cationic groups attached. This reaction employs the hetero-bifunctional crosslinking agent, m-maliemido-benzoyl-N-hydroxysuccinimide ester (MBS) to crosslink an amino-containing cationic substance with the thiolated CD dimers, trimers and polymers of Preparation XVII (CD95). [0378]
  • To about 0.1 ml of 50% dimethylformamide (DMF) and phosphate buffered water, pH 6.5, containing about 0.003 mmoles of neutralized polyethylenimine, mw about 800 (PEI800) was added about 0.0018 gm of MBS dissolved in 0.05 ml DMF. This was mixed and allowed to react for about 20 minutes, which produced a turbid solution. Then about 0.08 ml of water containing about 0.028 gm of the thiolated mixture of CD dimers, trimers and polymers (Prep. XVII was added, mixed, and left overnight. [0379]
  • The mixture was exhaustively dialyzed first against 70%, then 35%, then 23% isopropanol, then finally distilled water in 2000 mwco dialysis tubing (Sigma). The product was tested for binding to DNA (Promega DNA ladder) by first mixing 0.008 ml of 3-fold serially diluted aqueous solutions of the cationic CD polymer preparation with equal volumes containing about 1 microgram of DNA. These mixtures were then run on 2% agarose gel electrophoresis in Tris-borate EDTA buffer (with ethidium bromide dye) at 60 volts, 36 milliamps for about 1 hour. The results were viewed and photographed over UV illumination. Results showed that the DNA bands of the mixture diluted out 81-fold were significantly diminished compared to DNA alone. This indicates that the cationic mixture of amphiphilic CD dimers, trimers and polymers bound to the DNA and inhibited migration through the gel. [0380]
    • Preparation XX Phosphoramidite-Adamantane
  • Using suitable synthesis methods based on those described and referenced, phosphoramidite groups can be coupled to adamantane or other suitable guests for use as CD linkers. [0381]
  • A new CD linker comprises phosphoramidite or other suitable nucleotide analog coupled to an adamantane dimer, adamantane trimer or small adamantane polymer (poly adamantane). This new linker is synthesized to allow incorporation into nucleic acids without adversely affecting their function and may also include suitable protective groups such as FMOC as needed. The resulting phosphoramidite-adamantane can then be used in DNA synthesizing machines for production of guest-linked oligonucleotides or ODNs or primers for PCR, with dimer or poly adamantane incorporated into their structure. [0382]
    • Preparation XXI Amino- and Thiol-Reactive Adamantane Dimers
  • A. Preparation of NHS-Adamantane and NHS-Adamantane Dimers. [0383]
  • In a suitable anhydrous solvent such as DMF, adamantanecarboxyate is combined with N-hydroxysuccinimide and an aromatic carbodiimide such as N,N-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide, at approximately equimolar ratios and reacted at RT for 1-3 Hrs. The product, N-hydroxysuccinimide adamantane (NHS-Adamantane), is separated in the filtrate from precipitated dicyclohexylurea, collected by evaporation and purified by column chromatography. [0384]
  • An adamantane dimer (or polymer) with an NHS ester group for coupling is made by first coupling the adamantanes to a suitable substance with two (or more) available amino groups (suitably temporarily protected if needed) and a carboxylate group. Some examples are 3,5-diaminobenzoate, diaminopentanoic add (ornithine), lysine and carboxylated low molecular weight polyethylenimine, among others. For instance 1-adamantane carbonyl chloride is first coupled to the amino groups of 3,5-diaminobenzoate (or the temporarily protected ethyl ester if needed) in anhydrous conditions. The unprotected carboxylate group of the resulting 3,5-di-adamantane benzoate is then derivatized to an NHS ester as described for NHS-Adamantane, above. The NHS ester-adamantane dimer can then be coupled to any suitable drug nucleic acid or other active agent with an available amino group. [0385]
  • B. Preparation of Thiol-Reactive Adamantane. [0386]
  • Alternatively, the 3,5-di-adamantane benzoate of A., above, is derivatized to a maleimido ester instead of an NHS ester, for sulfhydryl coupling. [0387]
  • To prepare 2-bromo-N-acetamide adamantane, compounds 1-hydroxy adamantane or 1-adamantane methanol are derivatized based on the procedure of B. Frisch, et al., Bioconj. Chem. 7,180-186 (1996). [0388]
  • To prepare maleimido adamantane, the compound 1-aminoadamantane is coupled through the amino group to m-maleimidobenzoyl-N-hydroxysuccinimide ester, leaving the maleimido group available for coupling to a thiol group. To prepare iso-maleimido adamantane, 1-aminoadamantane in suitable anhydrous solvent, is coupled through the amino group to maleic anhydride to give the maleamic acid derivative. The maleamic acid derivative is then dehydrated in suitable anhydrous solvent using an appropriate dehydrating agent such as trifluoroacetic anhydride to produce the iso-maleimido adamantane available for coupling to an amino or thiol group. [0389]
  • While the invention has been described with reference to certain specific embodiments, it is understood that changes may be made by one skilled in the art and it would not thereby depart from the spirit and scope of the invention, which is limited only by the claims appended hereto. [0390]

Claims (23)

What is claimed is:
1. A controlled release pharmaceutical composition comprising;
a) cyclodextrin molecules selected from the group consisting of cyclodextrin derivatives, oxidized cyclodextrins, cyclodextrin dimers, cyclodextrin trimers, and cyclodextrin polymers complexed with;
b) an active agent selected from the group consisting of prodrugs, anticancer drugs, antineoplastic drugs, antifungal drugs, antibacterial drugs, antiviral drugs, cardiac drugs, neurological drugs, alkaloids, antibiotics, bioactive peptides, steroids, steroid hormones, polypeptide hormones, interferons, interleukins, narcotics, prostaglandins, purines, pyrimidines, anti-protozoan drugs and anti-parasitic drugs wherein;
c) said cyclodextrin molecules are covalently cross-linked through a biocleavable linkage to form a polymer that has entrapped the active agent and wherein the cross-linking provides the function of controlled release.
2. The composition of
claim 1
 wherein the biocleavable linkage is selected from the group consisting of disulfide linkages, protected disulfide linkages, ester bonds, aldehyde bonds, amide bonds, polypeptide linkages and hydrazone linkages.
3. The composition of
claim 1
 further comprising a biorecognition molecule coupled to the pharmaceutical composition.
4. The composition of
claim 1
 wherein said cyclodextrin dimers, cyclodextrin trimers, and cyclodextrin polymers have been derivatized to provide groups selected from the group consisting of dialdehydes, sulfobutylethers, sulfopropylethers, hydroxyethyls, hydroxypropyls, dihydroxy propyls, carboxylates and phosphates.
5. The composition of
claim 1
 wherein the active agent is selected from the group consisting of ganciclovir, furosemide, indomethacin, camptothecins, cyclosporins, chlorpromazine, methotrexate, penicillin derivatives, anthracyclines, teramycins, tetracyclines, chlorotetracyclines, clomocyclines, butoconazole, ellipticines, guamecyclines, macrolides, filipins, fungichromins, nystatins, 5′-fluorouracil, 5′-fluoro-2′-deoxyuridine, allopurinol and paclitaxe.
6. The composition of
claim 1
 wherein said cyclodextrin molecules are coupled to an intermediate coupling substance selected from the group consisting of serum albumins, glycoproteins, lipoproteins, polysaccharides, lipopolysaccharides, amino polysaccharides, polyacrylamides, lipids, glycolipids, N-(2-hydroxypropyl) methacrylamides, poly cyanoacrylates, polyethylene glycols, poly (D,L-lactic-coglycolic adds), dendrimers, poly (D,L-lactide)-block-methoxypolyethylene glycols and magnetic particles.
7. A controlled release pharmaceutical composition comprising;
a) cyclodextrin molecules selected from the group consisting of cyclodextrin derivatives, oxidized cyclodextrins, cyclodextrin dimers, cyclodextrin trimers, and cyclodextrin polymers complexed with;
b) nucleic acid, wherein;
c) said cyclodextrin molecules are covalently cross-linked through a biocleavable linkage to form a polymer that has entrapped the active agent and wherein the cross-linking provides the function of controlled release.
8. The composition of
claim 7
 wherein the biocleavable linkage is selected from the group consisting of disulfide linkages, protected disulfide linkages, ester bonds, aldehyde bonds, amide bonds, polypeptide linkages and hydrazone linkages.
9. The composition of
claim 7
 further comprising a biorecognition molecule coupled to the pharmaceutical composition.
10. The composition of
claim 7
 wherein said cyclodextrin dimers, cyclodextrin trimers, and cyclodextrin polymers have been derivatized to provide groups selected from the group consisting of dialdehydes, sulfobutylethers, sulfopropylethers, hydroxyethyls, hydroxypropyls, dihydroxy propyls, carboxylates and phosphates.
11. The composition of
claim 7
 wherein the nucleic add is selected from the group consisting of DNA, RNA, sense and antisense oligonucleotides; sense and antisense oligodeoxynucleotides; sense and antisense oligonucleotides and oligodeoxynucleotides containing phosphodiesters, phosphorothioates, phosphorodithioates, phosphoroamidates, alkyl phosphotriesters, methylphosphonates, sulfamates, 3′-thioformacetals, methylene(methylimino)s, 3′-N-carbamates, and morpholino carbamates; synthetic nucleic add polymers, phosphoric acid ester nucleic acids and peptide nucleic acids.
12. The composition of
claim 7
 wherein said cyclodextrin molecules are coupled to an intermediate coupling substance selected from the group consisting of serum albumins, glycoproteins, lipoproteins, polysaccharides, lipopolysaccharides, amino polysaccharides, polyacrylamides, lipids, glycolipids, N-(2-hydroxypropyl) methacrylamides, poly cyanoacrylates, polyethylene glycols, poly (D,L-lactic-coglycolic acids), dendrimers, poly (D,L-lactide)-block-methoxypolyethylene glycols and magnetic particles.
13. A controlled release pharmaceutical composition comprising;
a) cyclodextrin molecules selected from the group consisting of cyclodextrin derivatives, oxidized cyclodextrins, cyclodextrin dimers, cyclodextrin trimers, and cyclodextrin polymers complexed with;
b) toxin, wherein;
c) said cyclodextrin molecules are covalently cross-linked through a biocleavable linkage to form a polymer that has entrapped the active agent and wherein the cross-linking provides the function of controlled release.
14. The composition of
claim 13
 wherein the biocleavable linkage is selected from the group consisting of disulfide linkages, protected disulfide linkages, ester bonds, aldehyde bonds, amide bonds, polypeptide linkages and hydrazone linkages.
15. The composition of
claim 13
 further comprising a biorecognition molecule coupled to the pharmaceutical composition.
16. The composition of
claim 13
 wherein said cyclodextrin dimers, cyclodextrin trimers, and cyclodextrin polymers have been derivatized to provide groups selected from the group consisting of dialdehydes, sulfobutylethers, sulfopropylethers, hydroxyethyls, hydroxypropyls, dihydroxy propyls, carboxylates and phosphates.
17. The composition of
claim 13
 wherein the active agent is selected from the group consisting of aflatoxins, ricins, bungarotoxins, irinotecan, pesticides, cevadines, desatrines, veratridine and cevine derivatives.
18. The composition of
claim 13
 wherein said cyclodextrin molecules are coupled to an intermediate coupling substance selected from the group consisting of serum albumins glycoproteins, lipoproteins, polysaccharides, lipopolysaccharides, amino polysaccharides, polyacrylamides, lipids, glycolipids, N-(2-hydroxypropyl) methacrylamides, poly cyanoacrylates, polyethylene glycols, poly (D,L-lactic-coglycolic acids), dendrimers, poly (D,L-lactide)-block-methoxypolyethylene glycols and magnetic particles.
19. A pharmaceutical amylose composition comprising;
a) amylose selected from the group consisting of amylose segments, amylose derivatives, oxidized amylose and amylose polymers complexed with;
b) an active agent, wherein;
c) said amylose is covalently cross-inked to form a polymer that has entrapped the active agent.
20. A biocleavable crosslinking agent comprising;
a) a compound containing a biocleavable linkage selected from the group consisting of polypeptide linkages and hydrazone linkages wherein;
b) said compound has terminal reactive coupling groups selected from the group consisting of N-succinimidyls, N-maleimidyls, p-nitrophenyl esters, iodoacetals, bromoacetals, oxiranes and imidoesters.
21. A method for producing a cyclodextrin pharmaceutical composition comprising combining cyclodextrin molecules selected from the group consisting of cyclodextrin derivatives, cyclodextrin dimers, cyclodextrin trimers, and cyclodextrin polymers with;
a) guest molecules coupled to a surface to form an inclusion complex between the cyclodextrin molecules and the guest molecules on the surface, and;
b) covalently cross-linking the cyclodextrin molecules to form a polymer.
22. A method for producing a cyclodextrin pharmaceutical composition using a solid support comprising coupling a first cyclodextrin molecule selected from the group consisting of cyclodextrin derivatives, cyclodextrin dimers, cyclodextrin trimers, and cyclodextrin polymers to a solid support through a cleavable coupling agent and;
a) coupling in succession, additional cyclodextrin molecules to the first cyclodextrin molecule that is coupled to the solid support to form a polymer and;
b) cleaving the first cyclodextrin molecule from the solid support.
23. A pharmaceutical catalytic agent composition comprising;
a) cyclodextrin molecules selected from the group consisting of oxidized cyclodextrins, cyclodextrin dimers, cyclodextrin trimers, and cyclodextrin polymers coupled with;
b) a catalytic group selected from the group consisting of carboxylates, imidazoles, histamines, hydroxyls, amines, amides, aldehydes, ketones, phosphates, sulfhydryls, halogens, amino acids, nucleic acids, chelators, and metals.
US09/775,011 1998-12-30 2001-02-01 Cyclodextrin polymer compositions for use as drug carriers Abandoned US20010034333A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US09/775,011 US20010034333A1 (en) 1998-12-30 2001-02-01 Cyclodextrin polymer compositions for use as drug carriers

Applications Claiming Priority (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US09/223,055 US6048736A (en) 1998-04-29 1998-12-30 Cyclodextrin polymers for carrying and releasing drugs
PCT/US1999/030820 WO2000040962A1 (en) 1998-12-30 1999-12-27 Cyclodextrin polymers for use as drug carriers
US09/775,011 US20010034333A1 (en) 1998-12-30 2001-02-01 Cyclodextrin polymer compositions for use as drug carriers

Related Parent Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US1999/030820 Continuation-In-Part WO2000040962A1 (en) 1998-12-30 1999-12-27 Cyclodextrin polymers for use as drug carriers

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20010034333A1 true US20010034333A1 (en) 2001-10-25

Family

ID=22834827

Family Applications (3)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US09/223,055 Expired - Fee Related US6048736A (en) 1998-04-29 1998-12-30 Cyclodextrin polymers for carrying and releasing drugs
US09/775,011 Abandoned US20010034333A1 (en) 1998-12-30 2001-02-01 Cyclodextrin polymer compositions for use as drug carriers
US09/829,551 Expired - Fee Related US6835718B2 (en) 1998-12-30 2001-04-10 Biocleavable micelle compositions for use as drug carriers

Family Applications Before (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US09/223,055 Expired - Fee Related US6048736A (en) 1998-04-29 1998-12-30 Cyclodextrin polymers for carrying and releasing drugs

Family Applications After (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US09/829,551 Expired - Fee Related US6835718B2 (en) 1998-12-30 2001-04-10 Biocleavable micelle compositions for use as drug carriers

Country Status (6)

Country Link
US (3) US6048736A (en)
EP (1) EP1183538B1 (en)
AT (1) ATE264114T1 (en)
AU (1) AU3468900A (en)
DE (1) DE69916504D1 (en)
WO (1) WO2000040962A1 (en)

Cited By (51)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6509323B1 (en) 1998-07-01 2003-01-21 California Institute Of Technology Linear cyclodextrin copolymers
US20030144222A1 (en) * 2001-11-30 2003-07-31 Salus Therapeutics, Inc. Cyclodextrin grafted biocompatible amphilphilic polymer and methods of preparation and use thereof
WO2003072637A1 (en) * 2002-02-22 2003-09-04 Insert Therapeutics, Inc. Carbohydrate-modified polymers, compositions and uses related thereto
WO2003080121A1 (en) * 2002-03-26 2003-10-02 Council Of Scientific And Industrial Research Macromolecular compounds as potential anti-inflammatory agents
WO2004041310A1 (en) * 2002-11-08 2004-05-21 Danmarks Fødevareforskning Preparation of chemically well-defined carbohydrate dendrimer conjugates
US20040109888A1 (en) * 2002-10-09 2004-06-10 Insert Therapeutics, Inc. Cyclodextrin-based materials, compositions and uses related thereto
US20040185564A1 (en) * 2003-01-23 2004-09-23 Guping Tang Biodegradable copolymer and nucleic acid delivery system
US6884789B2 (en) 1998-07-01 2005-04-26 California Institute Of Technology Linear cyclodextrin copolymers
US20050222064A1 (en) * 2002-02-20 2005-10-06 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. Polycationic compositions for cellular delivery of polynucleotides
US20060040879A1 (en) * 2004-08-21 2006-02-23 Kosak Kenneth M Chloroquine coupled nucleic acids and methods for their synthesis
US7018609B2 (en) 2000-12-19 2006-03-28 California Institute Of Technology Compositions containing inclusion complexes
US20060111272A1 (en) * 2004-09-08 2006-05-25 Roberts Michael J Metabolically inert antifolates for treating disorders of abnormal cellular proliferation and inflammation
US7067494B2 (en) 2001-06-22 2006-06-27 The University Of British Columbia Antimitotic eleuthesides
US20060210527A1 (en) * 2005-02-16 2006-09-21 Insert Therapeutics, Inc. Cyclodextrin-based polymers for therapeutics delivery
US20070082870A1 (en) * 2005-10-11 2007-04-12 Buchanan Charles M Pharmaceutical formulations of cyclodextrins and antifungal azole compounds
US20070154553A1 (en) * 2006-01-04 2007-07-05 Postech Foundation Cucurbituril-containing gel and method of preparing the same
US7375096B1 (en) 1998-12-04 2008-05-20 California Institute Of Technology Method of preparing a supramolecular complex containing a therapeutic agent and a multi-dimensional polymer network
US20080176942A1 (en) * 2007-01-23 2008-07-24 Pharmagra Labs, Inc. Stabilized sulforaphane
WO2008106721A1 (en) 2007-03-02 2008-09-12 University Of Wollongong Compositions and methods for delivery of anti-cancer agents
US20090004696A1 (en) * 1998-10-13 2009-01-01 University Of Georgia Research Foundation, Inc. Stabilized bioactive peptides and methods of identification, synthesis, and use
WO2009003656A1 (en) * 2007-07-04 2009-01-08 Sea Marconi Technologies Di Vander Tumiatti S.A.S. Cyclodextrin-based nanosponges as a vehicle for antitumoral drugs
US20090253720A1 (en) * 2008-04-07 2009-10-08 Chelsea Therapeutics, Inc. Antifolate compositions
US20100047258A1 (en) * 2006-08-02 2010-02-25 Dong Wang Drug Carriers, Their Synthesis, and Methods of Use Thereof
US20100273991A1 (en) * 2009-04-23 2010-10-28 Syracuse University Method of covalently modifying proteins with organic molecules to prevent aggregation
US20100303754A1 (en) * 2006-10-20 2010-12-02 Biocydex Process for preparation of cyclodextrin oligomers or polymers, products obtained and uses
US20110112126A1 (en) * 2009-11-06 2011-05-12 Chelsea Therapeutics, Inc. Enzyme inhibiting compounds
US20110124650A1 (en) * 2009-07-08 2011-05-26 Chelsea Therapeutics, Inc. Stable crystalline salts of antifolate compounds
WO2011080421A1 (en) 2009-12-31 2011-07-07 Mohamed Skiba Method for synthesizing calixarene and/or cyclodextrin copolymers, terpolymers and tetrapolymers, and uses thereof
WO2011080422A1 (en) 2009-12-31 2011-07-07 Mohamed Skiba Method for synthesizing calixarene and/or cyclodextrin copolymers, terpolymers and tetrapolymers, and uses thereof
US20110237609A1 (en) * 2010-03-29 2011-09-29 Chelsea Therapeutics, Inc. Antifolate compositions
US20110237540A1 (en) * 2009-11-23 2011-09-29 Crawford Thomas C Cyclodextrin-based polymers for therapeutic delivery
US8110179B2 (en) 2002-09-06 2012-02-07 Cerulean Pharma Inc. Cyclodextrin-based polymers for therapeutics delivery
US8114818B2 (en) 2008-01-16 2012-02-14 Halliburton Energy Services, Inc. Methods and compositions for altering the viscosity of treatment fluids used in subterranean operations
US8497365B2 (en) 2007-01-24 2013-07-30 Mark E. Davis Cyclodextrin-based polymers for therapeutics delivery
US20140004194A1 (en) * 2012-05-21 2014-01-02 University Of Maryland Highly stable colloid from aqueous solutions of small organic molecules
US8658652B2 (en) 2010-12-07 2014-02-25 Chelsea Therapeutics, Inc. Antifolate combinations
US20150073102A1 (en) * 2013-09-06 2015-03-12 Honeywell Federal Manufacturing & Technologies, Llc Aminoanthracene-epoxy nanocomposite containing free anthracene
US9163173B2 (en) 2011-12-15 2015-10-20 Halliburton Energy Services, Inc. Wellbore servicing compositions and methods of making and using same
US20160053269A1 (en) * 2002-02-20 2016-02-25 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA INTERFERENCE MEDIATED INHIBITION OF GENE EXPRESSION USING CHEMICALLY MODIFIED SHORT INTERFERING NUCLEIC ACID (siNA)
WO2017006279A1 (en) * 2015-07-08 2017-01-12 Aten Porus Lifesciences Cyclodextrin-polymer complexes and compostions and methods of making and using the same
US9572895B2 (en) 2010-08-06 2017-02-21 The Board Of Trustees Of The University Of Illinois Multiplexed supramolecular assemblies for non-viral delivery of genetic material
US9771588B2 (en) 2002-02-20 2017-09-26 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA interference mediated inhibition of gene expression using chemically modified short interfering nucleic acid (siNA)
CN109364262A (en) * 2018-11-07 2019-02-22 西南大学 A kind of preparation method of redox double-responsive polymer camptothecin prodrug
US10684281B2 (en) * 2014-08-21 2020-06-16 Illumina Cambridge Limited Reversible surface functionalization
US20200255894A1 (en) * 2012-08-14 2020-08-13 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and systems for sample processing polynucleotides
US10864186B2 (en) 2012-06-01 2020-12-15 Pharmagra Labs, Inc. Method of synthesising sulforaphane
US11027022B2 (en) 2016-05-20 2021-06-08 Polytherics Limited Conjugates and conjugating reagents
US11464871B2 (en) 2012-10-02 2022-10-11 Novartis Ag Methods and systems for polymer precipitation and generation of particles
US12037634B2 (en) 2012-08-14 2024-07-16 10X Genomics, Inc. Capsule array devices and methods of use
KR20240113284A (en) * 2023-01-13 2024-07-22 한림대학교 산학협력단 Method for production of fisetin inclusion complex using cyclodextrin glucanotransferase
RU2851660C1 (en) * 2024-08-31 2025-11-26 Федеральное государственное бюджетное образовательное учреждение высшего образования "Московский государственный университет имени М.В. Ломоносова" (МГУ) DELIVERY VEHICLE BASED ON POLYMERS OF β-CYCLODEXTRIN DERIVATIVES FOR ANTIBACTERIAL MOLECULES

Families Citing this family (422)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6501188B1 (en) * 1997-07-03 2002-12-31 Micron Technology, Inc. Method for improving a stepper signal in a planarized surface over alignment topography
GB9814507D0 (en) * 1998-07-03 1998-09-02 Univ Southampton A method and apparatus for controlling pests
US7343710B2 (en) * 1998-07-03 2008-03-18 I.D.A Limited Method and apparatus for controlling pests
US6740643B2 (en) * 1999-01-21 2004-05-25 Mirus Corporation Compositions and methods for drug delivery using amphiphile binding molecules
US7060708B2 (en) * 1999-03-10 2006-06-13 New River Pharmaceuticals Inc. Active agent delivery systems and methods for protecting and administering active agents
US6716452B1 (en) * 2000-08-22 2004-04-06 New River Pharmaceuticals Inc. Active agent delivery systems and methods for protecting and administering active agents
WO2001010913A1 (en) * 1999-08-11 2001-02-15 Josef Pitha Potentiation of inclusion complex formation of cyclodextrin derivatives
DE19941769A1 (en) * 1999-09-02 2001-03-08 Beiersdorf Ag Cosmetic or dermatological active agent combination of cyclodextrin and biotin compound, useful in care or protection of skin, e.g. for treatment or prevention of aging symptoms or photodermatosis
US20070219363A1 (en) * 1999-11-29 2007-09-20 Budker Vladimir G Chelating Compound for Drug Delivery
US7897140B2 (en) * 1999-12-23 2011-03-01 Health Research, Inc. Multi DTPA conjugated tetrapyrollic compounds for phototherapeutic contrast agents
US20030148996A1 (en) * 2000-03-31 2003-08-07 Joseph Rubinfeld Camptothecin complexes
WO2001074401A2 (en) * 2000-03-31 2001-10-11 Supergen, Inc. Camptothecin complexes
ES2295149T3 (en) * 2000-04-12 2008-04-16 Liplasome Pharma A/S SUPPLY SYSTEMS OF PHARMACOS AGAINST PARASITIC INFECTIONS.
CA2406823A1 (en) * 2000-04-28 2001-11-08 Lawrence John Penkler Amphiphilic macrocyclic derivatives and their analogues
SG98393A1 (en) 2000-05-19 2003-09-19 Inst Materials Research & Eng Injectable drug delivery systems with cyclodextrin-polymer based hydrogels
DE10029185A1 (en) * 2000-06-19 2002-01-03 Henkel Kgaa Process for the antimicrobial treatment of materials at risk from microbial infestation
US7163918B2 (en) 2000-08-22 2007-01-16 New River Pharmaceuticals Inc. Iodothyronine compositions
WO2003020200A2 (en) * 2000-11-16 2003-03-13 New River Pharmaceuticals Inc. A novel pharmaceutical compound and methods of making and using same
WO2002051432A1 (en) * 2001-11-16 2002-07-04 New River Pharmaceuticals Inc. A novel pharmaceutical compound and methods of making and using same
WO2005032474A2 (en) * 2003-09-30 2005-04-14 New River Pharmaceuticals Inc. Pharmaceutical compositions for prevention of overdose or abuse
US20020099013A1 (en) * 2000-11-14 2002-07-25 Thomas Piccariello Active agent delivery systems and methods for protecting and administering active agents
DE60131177T2 (en) * 2000-09-06 2008-08-07 AP Pharma, Inc., Redwood DEVELOPABLE POLYACETAL POLYMERS
US6699505B2 (en) * 2000-10-17 2004-03-02 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Method of increasing the efficacy of antibiotics by compexing with cyclodextrins
US8394813B2 (en) 2000-11-14 2013-03-12 Shire Llc Active agent delivery systems and methods for protecting and administering active agents
JP2004523219A (en) * 2000-11-30 2004-08-05 ディヴァーサ コーポレイション Process for producing protein polymers and use of said polymers
RU2288921C2 (en) * 2000-12-19 2006-12-10 Калифорниа Инститьют оф Текнолоджи Inclusion complexes-containing compositions
US6566556B2 (en) * 2000-12-19 2003-05-20 Nippon Shokubai Co., Ltd. Method for production of alkanolamine and apparatus therefor
DE50211250D1 (en) * 2001-03-02 2008-01-03 Merck Patent Gmbh COSMETIC FORMULATION CONTAINING FLAVONOID DERIVATIVES
CA2445898A1 (en) * 2001-05-01 2002-12-19 The General Hospital Corporation Photoimmunotherapies for cancer using photosensitizer immunoconjugates and combination therapies
EP1392339A4 (en) * 2001-05-04 2009-05-27 Univ North Carolina State POLYMERIC CONJUGATES OF NUCLEIC ACIDS OR INSECTICIDAL PEPTIDES AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF
US20030108585A1 (en) * 2001-05-04 2003-06-12 Roe R. Michael Polymer conjugates of insecticidal peptides or nucleic acids or insecticides and methods of use thereof
US20060014697A1 (en) * 2001-08-22 2006-01-19 Travis Mickle Pharmaceutical compositions for prevention of overdose or abuse
US20070066537A1 (en) * 2002-02-22 2007-03-22 New River Pharmaceuticals Inc. Compounds and compositions for prevention of overdose of oxycodone
US7375082B2 (en) * 2002-02-22 2008-05-20 Shire Llc Abuse-resistant hydrocodone compounds
US7169752B2 (en) * 2003-09-30 2007-01-30 New River Pharmaceuticals Inc. Compounds and compositions for prevention of overdose of oxycodone
US7338939B2 (en) * 2003-09-30 2008-03-04 New River Pharmaceuticals Inc. Abuse-resistant hydrocodone compounds
US20050065118A1 (en) * 2001-10-16 2005-03-24 Jing Wang Organosulfur inhibitors of tyrosine phosphatases
EP1465598A4 (en) * 2001-12-21 2006-12-20 David S Soane USE OF OLIGOMERS AND POLYMERS FOR SOLUBILIZING, STABILIZING AND DISPENSING A MEDICINAL PRODUCT
US20040034223A1 (en) * 2002-02-07 2004-02-19 Covalent Partners, Llc. Amphiphilic molecular modules and constructs based thereon
US7432371B2 (en) * 2002-02-07 2008-10-07 Covalent Partners, Llc Nanofilm and membrane compositions
JP2006502695A (en) * 2002-02-15 2006-01-26 ダイヴァーサ コーポレイション Chimeric cannula protein, nucleic acid encoding the same, method for producing the same and method for using the same
IL163668A0 (en) * 2002-02-22 2005-12-18 New River Pharmaceuticals Inc Use of peptide-drug conjugation to reduce inter-subject variability ofdrug serum levels
US7105486B2 (en) * 2002-02-22 2006-09-12 New River Pharmaceuticals Inc. Abuse-resistant amphetamine compounds
AU2003219863C1 (en) * 2002-02-22 2009-03-05 Shire Llc Novel sustained release pharmaceutical compounds to prevent abuse of controlled substances
US7700561B2 (en) * 2002-02-22 2010-04-20 Shire Llc Abuse-resistant amphetamine prodrugs
US7659253B2 (en) * 2002-02-22 2010-02-09 Shire Llc Abuse-resistant amphetamine prodrugs
US8829198B2 (en) 2007-10-31 2014-09-09 Proteotech Inc Compounds, compositions and methods for the treatment of beta-amyloid diseases and synucleinopathies
AU2003248747A1 (en) 2002-06-27 2004-01-19 Health Research, Inc. Fluorinated chlorin and bacteriochlorin photosensitizers for photodynamic therapy
WO2004005289A2 (en) * 2002-07-02 2004-01-15 Health Research, Inc. Efficient synthesis of pyropheophorbide a and its derivatives
US8557291B2 (en) 2002-07-05 2013-10-15 Collegium Pharmaceutical, Inc. Abuse-deterrent pharmaceutical compositions of opioids and other drugs
US10004729B2 (en) 2002-07-05 2018-06-26 Collegium Pharmaceutical, Inc. Tamper-resistant pharmaceutical compositions of opioids and other drugs
US8840928B2 (en) 2002-07-05 2014-09-23 Collegium Pharmaceutical, Inc. Tamper-resistant pharmaceutical compositions of opioids and other drugs
JP4694207B2 (en) 2002-07-05 2011-06-08 コルジウム ファーマシューティカル， インコーポレイテッド Abuse deterrent pharmaceutical compositions for opioids and other drugs
FR2842106B1 (en) * 2002-07-11 2006-07-14 Centre Nat Rech Scient AQUEOUS DISPERSIONS OF NANOMETRIC OR MICROMETRIC PARTICLES FOR THE ENCAPSULATION OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS
CA2490007C (en) 2002-07-19 2011-05-24 Omeros Corporation Biodegradable triblock copolymers, synthesis methods therefor, and hydrogels and biomaterials made there from
US20040034336A1 (en) * 2002-08-08 2004-02-19 Neal Scott Charged liposomes/micelles with encapsulted medical compounds
US20040106741A1 (en) * 2002-09-17 2004-06-03 Kriesel Joshua W. Nanofilm compositions with polymeric components
US8133881B2 (en) 2003-01-13 2012-03-13 Shire Llc Carbohydrate conjugates to prevent abuse of controlled substances
WO2004099162A1 (en) * 2003-04-30 2004-11-18 Ricerca Biosciences, Llc. Polycyclic diazodioxide-based bcl-2 protein antagonist
US20070020272A1 (en) * 2003-04-30 2007-01-25 Tayyaba Hasan Indirectly linked photosensitizer immunoconjugates, processes for the production thereof and methods of use thereof
EP1628666B1 (en) * 2003-05-14 2015-09-23 NeuroGenetic Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compouds and uses thereof in modulating amyloid beta
US7332527B2 (en) * 2003-05-16 2008-02-19 Board Of Regents Of The University Of Nebraska Cross-linked ionic core micelles
KR101159477B1 (en) 2003-05-29 2012-07-02 샤이어 엘엘씨 Abuse resistant amphetamine compounds
US8916598B2 (en) 2003-05-30 2014-12-23 Proteotech Inc Compounds, compositions, and methods for the treatment of β-amyloid diseases and synucleinopathies
US20100331380A1 (en) * 2009-06-29 2010-12-30 Esposito Luke A Compounds, Compositions, and Methods for the Treatment of Beta-Amyloid Diseases and Synucleinopathies
US7057100B2 (en) * 2003-06-26 2006-06-06 The J.C. Robinson Seed Co. Inbred corn line W23129
WO2005047242A2 (en) * 2003-11-07 2005-05-26 Molecular Probes, Inc. Compounds containing thiosulfate moieties
WO2005090370A1 (en) 2004-02-05 2005-09-29 The Regents Of The University Of California Pharmacologically active agents containing esterified phosphonates and methods for use thereof
WO2005089106A2 (en) * 2004-02-27 2005-09-29 Molecular Therapeutics, Inc. Degradable nanoparticles
WO2005094543A2 (en) * 2004-03-24 2005-10-13 Diversa Corporation Chimeric cannulae proteins, nucleic acids encoding them and methods for making and using them
KR100771411B1 (en) 2004-04-01 2007-10-30 에프. 호프만-라 로슈 아게 Cyclodextrin inclusions complexes of pyrimidine-2,4,6-triones
US20050255161A1 (en) * 2004-05-10 2005-11-17 Servet Buyuktimkin Method for the long term stabilization of labile compounds at room temperature in pharmaceutical preparations containing water
JP2007538103A (en) 2004-05-20 2007-12-27 ザ スクリップス リサーチ インスティテュート Transthyretin stabilization
GB2414479A (en) * 2004-05-27 2005-11-30 Croda Int Plc Reactive cyclodextrins derivatised with proteins
EP1765292B1 (en) * 2004-06-12 2017-10-04 Collegium Pharmaceutical, Inc. Abuse-deterrent drug formulations
EP1765332A2 (en) * 2004-06-17 2007-03-28 Cengent Therapeutics, Inc. Trisubstituted nitrogen modulators of tyrosine phosphatases
US20070009441A1 (en) * 2004-07-08 2007-01-11 Molecular Therapeutics, Inc. Biodegradable nanoparticles
WO2006017124A2 (en) * 2004-07-09 2006-02-16 Cengent Therapeutics, Inc. Oxygen/nitrogen heterocycle inhibitors of tyrosine phosphatases
WO2006028970A1 (en) 2004-09-02 2006-03-16 Cengent Therapeutics, Inc. Derivatives of thiazole and thiadiazole inhibitors of tyrosine phosphatases
NZ588432A (en) 2004-09-17 2012-03-30 Whitehead Biomedical Inst Compounds, Compositions and Methods of Inhibiting Alpha-Synuclein Toxicity
US20060067889A1 (en) * 2004-09-27 2006-03-30 Light Sciences Corporation Singlet oxygen photosensitizers activated by target binding enhancing the selectivity of targeted PDT agents
ES2310948B2 (en) * 2005-02-25 2009-09-16 Universidade De Santiago De Compostela PROCEDURE FOR OBTAINING HYDROGELS OF CYCLODEXTRINES WITH GLICIDILETERS, THE COMPOSITIONS OBTAINED AND THEIR APPLICATIONS.
US20090156545A1 (en) * 2005-04-01 2009-06-18 Hostetler Karl Y Substituted Phosphate Esters of Nucleoside Phosphonates
EP1866319B1 (en) 2005-04-01 2011-11-23 The Regents of The University of California Phosphono-pent-2-en-1-yl nucleosides and analogs
WO2007002109A2 (en) * 2005-06-20 2007-01-04 The Regents Of The University Of California Multidentate pyrone-derived chelators for medicinal imaging and chelation
US20080095699A1 (en) * 2006-10-20 2008-04-24 Shiying Zheng Imaging contrast agents using nanoparticles
US8492428B2 (en) * 2005-09-20 2013-07-23 Mayo Foundation For Medical Education And Research Small-molecule botulinum toxin inhibitors
US7781572B2 (en) * 2005-10-05 2010-08-24 Nse Products, Inc. Nanosized carotenoid cyclodextrin complexes
US8685478B2 (en) 2005-11-21 2014-04-01 Philip Morris Usa Inc. Flavor pouch
US8138361B2 (en) * 2005-12-28 2012-03-20 The Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania C-10 carbamates of taxanes
EP1808181A1 (en) * 2006-01-17 2007-07-18 B. Braun Melsungen Ag Polysaccharide-cyclodextrin conjugates
WO2007106537A2 (en) * 2006-03-13 2007-09-20 Activx Biosciences, Inc. Aminoquinolones as gsk-3 inhibitors
EP2007373A4 (en) * 2006-03-29 2012-12-19 Foldrx Pharmaceuticals Inc INHIBITION OF THE TOXICITY OF ALPHA-SYNUCLEIN
WO2008005479A2 (en) * 2006-07-06 2008-01-10 University Of Wyoming Charge reversible polymers
FR2903987B1 (en) * 2006-07-21 2012-12-21 Centre Nat Rech Scient NOVEL AMPHIPHILIC CYCLODEXTRIN DERIVATIVES, THEIR USE IN THE PHARMACEUTICAL, COSMETIC, FOOD SECTORS AND THEIR APPLICATION TO THE PRODUCTION OF NEW NANOSYSTEMS
US8969622B2 (en) 2006-08-23 2015-03-03 Vanderbilt University Dendritic molecular intracellular transporters and methods of making and using same
EA021255B1 (en) 2006-08-28 2015-05-29 Киова Хакко Кирин Ко., Лимитед Antagonistic human light-specific human monoclonal antibodies
CN101535304A (en) 2006-09-21 2009-09-16 埃迪威克斯生物科学公司 Serine hydrolase inhibitors
BRPI0715579A2 (en) 2006-10-19 2015-05-26 Auspex Pharmaceuticals Inc "compound, pharmaceutical composition and use of a compound"
WO2008057604A2 (en) * 2006-11-08 2008-05-15 The Regents Of The University Of California Small molecule therapeutics, syntheses of analogues and derivatives and methods of use
KR100785913B1 (en) * 2006-11-29 2007-12-17 한국과학기술연구원 Cured β-cyclodextrin polymer powder and preparation method thereof
US20080146605A1 (en) 2006-12-19 2008-06-19 Auspex Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Preparation and utility of ccr5 inhibitors
WO2008079371A1 (en) * 2006-12-22 2008-07-03 Encysive Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulators of c3a receptor and methods of use thereof
BRPI0808089A2 (en) 2007-02-28 2014-07-15 Conatus Pharmaceuticals Inc METHOD TO TREAT LIVER DISEASE, TO REDUCE A HIGH LEVEL OF A LIVER ENZYME, TO INHIBIT A TNF-ALPHA SIGNALING RULE, TO REDUCE A LIVER DAMAGE TO APPLY EXCESSIVE IN A LIVER CELL, AND TO INHIBIT HEPATITE C VIRUS REPLICATION.
WO2008106167A1 (en) * 2007-02-28 2008-09-04 Conatus Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Combination therapy comprising matrix metalloproteinase inhibitors and caspase inhibitors for the treatment of liver diseases
ES2693948T3 (en) 2007-03-15 2018-12-14 Auspex Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Substituted phenethylamine with serotonergic and / or norepinephrinergic activity
FR2914306B1 (en) * 2007-04-02 2009-07-03 Biocydex Soc Par Actions Simpl OLIGOMERS OF CYCLODEXTRINS, VECTORS OF ACTIVE MOLECULES
US7892776B2 (en) 2007-05-04 2011-02-22 The Regents Of The University Of California Screening assay to identify modulators of protein kinase A
US20120177592A1 (en) * 2007-05-30 2012-07-12 University Of Wyoming Degradable thermoresponsive poly(ethylene glycol) analogue materials
EP2170054A4 (en) * 2007-06-28 2012-08-08 Capsutech Ltd Targeting conjugates comprising active agents encapsulated in cyclodextrin-containing polymers
MX2010000465A (en) * 2007-07-12 2010-08-30 Tragara Pharmaceuticals Inc METHODS AND COMPOSITIONS FOR THE TREATMENT OF CANCER, TUMORS AND ALTERATIONS RELATED TO TUMORS.
WO2009010884A2 (en) 2007-07-16 2009-01-22 Philip Morris Products S.A. Tobacco-free oral flavor delivery pouch product
US8124147B2 (en) * 2007-07-16 2012-02-28 Philip Morris Usa Inc. Oral pouch products with immobilized flavorant particles
WO2009013770A1 (en) * 2007-07-26 2009-01-29 Humanitas Mirasole S.P.A. Derivatised polysaccharide material for the transdermal administration of drugs
ES2316292B1 (en) * 2007-08-01 2010-02-05 Consejo Superior De Investigaciones Cientificas ORGANIC-INORGANIC HYBRID MATERIAL FOR STORAGE AND RELEASE OF ACTIVE PRINCIPLES.
CN101855228B (en) * 2007-09-11 2012-10-24 杏林制药株式会社 Cyanoaminoquinolones and tetrazoloaminoquinolones as GSK-3 inhibitors
US8476261B2 (en) 2007-09-12 2013-07-02 Kyorin Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Spirocyclic aminoquinolones as GSK-3 inhibitors
US20090264421A1 (en) * 2007-10-05 2009-10-22 Bible Keith C Methods and Compositions for Treating Cancer
US11254786B2 (en) 2007-11-05 2022-02-22 Vanderbilt University Multifunctional degradable nanoparticles with control over size and functionalities
US20130142733A1 (en) 2007-11-05 2013-06-06 Vanderbilt University Multifunctional degradable nanoparticles with control over size and functionalities
US20110274620A1 (en) * 2007-11-05 2011-11-10 Harth Eva M Multifunctional degradable nanoparticles with control over size and functionalities
CA2706465A1 (en) 2007-11-21 2009-05-28 Pharmaxis Ltd. Haloallylamine inhibitors of ssao/vap-1 and uses therefor
US9259398B1 (en) * 2007-11-26 2016-02-16 Abbott Cardiovascular Systems Inc. Bioactive agent-loaded targeting micelles
US7842475B2 (en) * 2008-01-08 2010-11-30 Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Inc. Stabilization of solid support assay reagents
WO2009111611A2 (en) * 2008-03-05 2009-09-11 Proteotech Inc. Compounds, compositions and methods for the treatment of islet amyloid polypeptide (iapp) accumulation in diabetes
PL2947072T3 (en) 2008-03-17 2017-05-31 Ambit Biosciences Corporation 1-(3-(6,7-dimethoxyquinazolin-4-yloxy)phenyl)-3-(5-(1,1,1-trifluoro-2-methylpropan-2-yl)isoxazol-3-yl)urea as raf kinase modulator in the treatment of cancer diseases
US8207264B2 (en) * 2008-07-11 2012-06-26 Tyco Healthcare Group Lp Functionalized inclusion complexes as crosslinkers
WO2010009087A1 (en) * 2008-07-15 2010-01-21 Eyegate Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Iontophoretic delivery of a controlled-release formulation in the eye
CN102123698B (en) 2008-08-13 2016-06-22 加利福尼亚技术学院 Carrier nanoparticles and relevant compositions, method and system
US20120034155A1 (en) * 2010-08-03 2012-02-09 Searete Llc, A Limited Liability Corporation Of The State Of Delaware Artificial cells
CN101658533A (en) * 2008-08-29 2010-03-03 首都医科大学宣武医院 Stem cell delivery of antitumor drugs
WO2010088450A2 (en) 2009-01-30 2010-08-05 Celladon Corporation Methods for treating diseases associated with the modulation of serca
US8568793B2 (en) 2009-02-11 2013-10-29 Hope Medical Enterprises, Inc. Sodium nitrite-containing pharmaceutical compositions
PL2401267T3 (en) * 2009-02-27 2014-06-30 Ambit Biosciences Corp Jak kinase modulating quinazoline derivatives and their use in methods
JP5690286B2 (en) 2009-03-04 2015-03-25 イデニク プハルマセウティカルス，インコーポレイテッド Phosphothiophene and phosphothiazole HCV polymerase inhibitors
JP2012520314A (en) 2009-03-11 2012-09-06 アムビト ビオスシエンセス コルポラチオン Combination of indazolylaminopyrrolotriazine and taxane for cancer treatment
KR101748891B1 (en) * 2009-03-11 2017-06-19 교린 세이야꾸 가부시키 가이샤 7-cycloalkylaminoquinolones as gsk-3 inhibitors
AU2010229468A1 (en) 2009-03-27 2011-10-13 Vetdc, Inc. Pyrimidinyl and 1,3,5-triazinyl benzimidazole sulfonamides and their use in cancer therapy
WO2010110686A1 (en) 2009-03-27 2010-09-30 Pathway Therapeutics Limited Pyrimidinyl and 1,3,5 triazinyl benzimidazoles and their use in cancer therapy
AR076363A1 (en) 2009-04-22 2011-06-08 Axikin Pharmaceuticals Inc ARILSULFONAMIDE CCR3 ANTAGONISTS
SG175748A1 (en) 2009-04-22 2011-12-29 Axikin Pharmaceuticals Inc 2,5-disubstituted arylsulfonamide ccr3 antagonists
PE20120810A1 (en) 2009-04-22 2012-07-08 Axikin Pharmaceuticals Inc COMPOUNDS DERIVED FROM 5-CYANE-2- (PHENYLTHIUM) BENCENSULFONAMIDE AS ANTAGONISTS OF CCR3
US11020363B2 (en) 2009-05-29 2021-06-01 Cydex Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Injectable nitrogen mustard compositions comprising a cyclodextrin derivative and methods of making and using the same
PL2434886T3 (en) 2009-05-29 2020-05-18 Cydex Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Injectable melphalan compositions comprising a cyclodextrin derivative and methods of making and using the same
WO2011003870A2 (en) 2009-07-06 2011-01-13 Creabilis S.A. Mini-pegylated corticosteroids, compositions including same, and methods of making and using same
US8486939B2 (en) 2009-07-07 2013-07-16 Pathway Therapeutics Inc. Pyrimidinyl and 1,3,5-triazinyl benzimidazoles and their use in cancer therapy
ES2655883T5 (en) 2009-07-08 2022-04-18 Hope Medical Entpr Inc D B A Hope Pharmaceuticals Pharmaceutical compositions containing sodium thiosulfate
US8404728B2 (en) 2009-07-30 2013-03-26 Mayo Foundation For Medical Education And Research Small-molecule botulinum toxin inhibitors
US9284307B2 (en) 2009-08-05 2016-03-15 Idenix Pharmaceuticals Llc Macrocyclic serine protease inhibitors
BR112012003661A2 (en) 2009-08-19 2017-04-25 Ambit Biosciences Corp "Biaryl compounds and methods of use thereof."
US20120225834A1 (en) * 2009-09-29 2012-09-06 Eyegate Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Ocular iontophoresis of charged micelles containing bioactive agents
US8747562B2 (en) 2009-10-09 2014-06-10 Philip Morris Usa Inc. Tobacco-free pouched product containing flavor beads providing immediate and long lasting flavor release
WO2011050319A2 (en) * 2009-10-23 2011-04-28 Oregon Health & Science University Inhibiting the deleterious effect of anthracyclines
TW201120037A (en) 2009-10-26 2011-06-16 Sunesis Pharmaceuticals Inc Compounds and methods for treatment of cancer
WO2011056764A1 (en) 2009-11-05 2011-05-12 Ambit Biosciences Corp. Isotopically enriched or fluorinated imidazo[2,1-b][1,3]benzothiazoles
WO2011057214A2 (en) 2009-11-09 2011-05-12 Neurogenetic Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Gamma-secretase modulatory compounds, methods for identifying same, and uses therefor
US20110301235A1 (en) 2009-12-02 2011-12-08 Alquest Therapeutics, Inc. Organoselenium compounds and uses thereof
US10668060B2 (en) 2009-12-10 2020-06-02 Collegium Pharmaceutical, Inc. Tamper-resistant pharmaceutical compositions of opioids and other drugs
SG181797A1 (en) 2009-12-18 2012-07-30 Idenix Pharmaceuticals Inc 5,5-fused arylene or heteroarylene hepatitis c virus inhibitors
EP2515654A4 (en) * 2009-12-23 2013-04-24 Map Pharmaceuticals Inc Novel ergoline analogs
WO2011094890A1 (en) 2010-02-02 2011-08-11 Argusina Inc. Phenylalanine derivatives and their use as non-peptide glp-1 receptor modulators
US20110196474A1 (en) * 2010-02-11 2011-08-11 Abbott Cardiovascular Systems Inc. Magnetically sensitive drug carriers for treatment or targeted delivery
EP2542542B1 (en) 2010-03-02 2015-04-22 Axikin Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Isotopically enriched arylsulfonamide ccr3 antagonists
WO2011112689A2 (en) 2010-03-11 2011-09-15 Ambit Biosciences Corp. Saltz of an indazolylpyrrolotriazine
WO2011116161A2 (en) 2010-03-17 2011-09-22 Axikin Pharmaceuticals Inc. Arylsulfonamide ccr3 antagonists
IT1400323B1 (en) * 2010-05-07 2013-05-24 Univ Degli Studi Torino METHOD FOR THE CONTROLLED RELEASE OF AN ACTIVE PRINCIPLE
WO2011150198A1 (en) 2010-05-27 2011-12-01 Ambit Biosciences Corporation Azolyl urea compounds and methods of use thereof
WO2011150201A2 (en) 2010-05-27 2011-12-01 Ambit Biosciences Corporation Azolyl amide compounds and methods of use thereof
CA2801003A1 (en) 2010-06-01 2011-12-08 Biotheryx, Inc. Methods of treating hematologic malignancies using 6-cyclohexyl-1-hydroxy-4-methyl-2(1h)-pyridone
WO2011153197A1 (en) 2010-06-01 2011-12-08 Biotheryx, Inc. Hydroxypyridone derivatives, pharmaceutical compositions thereof, and their therapeutic use for treating proliferative diseases
NZ604018A (en) 2010-06-07 2015-02-27 Novomedix Llc Furanyl compounds and the use thereof
US20140200270A1 (en) 2013-01-11 2014-07-17 Summa Health System Vitamins c and k for treating polycystic diseases
MX347927B (en) 2010-07-19 2017-05-19 Summa Health System VITAMIN C AND VITAMIN K FREE OF CHROME, AND COMPOSITIONS OF THESE TO TREAT A STATE OR DISEASE IN WHICH NFKB INTERvenes.
US8912324B2 (en) 2010-09-01 2014-12-16 Ambit Biosciences Corporation Optically active pyrazolylaminoquinazoline, and pharmaceutical compositions and methods of use thereof
EP2611502A1 (en) 2010-09-01 2013-07-10 Ambit Biosciences Corporation Adenosine a3 receptor modulating compounds and methods of use thereof
EP2611812A1 (en) 2010-09-01 2013-07-10 Ambit Biosciences Corporation Thienopyridine and thienopyrimidine compounds and methods of use thereof
EP2611792B1 (en) 2010-09-01 2017-02-01 Ambit Biosciences Corporation Hydrobromide salts of a pyrazolylaminoquinazoline
WO2012030914A1 (en) 2010-09-01 2012-03-08 Ambit Boisciences Corporation 4-azolylaminoquinazoline derivatives and methods of use thereof
WO2012030910A1 (en) 2010-09-01 2012-03-08 Ambit Biosciences Corporation 2-cycloquinazoline derivatives and methods of use thereof
WO2012030912A1 (en) 2010-09-01 2012-03-08 Ambit Biosciences Corporation 7-cyclylquinazoline derivatives and methods of use thereof
US20130296363A1 (en) 2010-09-01 2013-11-07 Ambit Biosciences Corporation Quinoline and isoquinoline derivatives for use as jak modulators
AU2011296024B2 (en) 2010-09-01 2015-05-28 Ambit Biosciences Corporation Quinazoline compounds and methods of use thereof
US20130303533A1 (en) 2010-09-01 2013-11-14 Ambit Biosciences Corporation Azolopyridine and azolopyrimidine compounds and methods of use thereof
WO2012044641A1 (en) 2010-09-29 2012-04-05 Pathway Therapeutics Inc. 1,3,5-triazinyl benzimidazole sulfonamides and their use in cancer therapy
US20120088769A1 (en) 2010-10-11 2012-04-12 Axikin Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Salts of arylsulfonamide ccr3 antagonists
WO2012078649A1 (en) 2010-12-06 2012-06-14 Follica, Inc. Methods for treating baldness and promoting hair growth
WO2012080050A1 (en) 2010-12-14 2012-06-21 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Solid forms of a phenoxybenzenesulfonyl compound
EP2658567A4 (en) 2010-12-28 2014-09-24 Univ Rochester METHODS OF MODIFYING INSULIN SIGNALING USING BILIVERDINE REDUCTASE (BVR) AND PEPTIDES DERIVED FROM ISR
WO2012100142A2 (en) * 2011-01-20 2012-07-26 Cornell University Treatments for retinal disorders
EP3763740A1 (en) 2011-01-26 2021-01-13 Celldex Therapeutics, Inc. Anti-kit antibodies and uses thereof
JP2014503597A (en) 2011-01-31 2014-02-13 セルジーン コーポレイション Pharmaceutical composition of cytidine analogue and method of use thereof
US9353100B2 (en) 2011-02-10 2016-05-31 Idenix Pharmaceuticals Llc Macrocyclic serine protease inhibitors, pharmaceutical compositions thereof, and their use for treating HCV infections
AU2012236722A1 (en) 2011-03-28 2013-10-17 Mei Pharma, Inc. (alpha-substituted cycloalkylamino and heterocyclylamino) pyrimidinyl and 1,3,5-triazinyl benzimidazoles, pharmaceutical compositions thereof, and their use in treating proliferative diseases
EP2691384B1 (en) 2011-03-28 2016-10-26 MEI Pharma, Inc. (alpha-substituted aralkylamino and heteroarylalkylamino) pyrimidinyl and 1,3,5-triazinyl benzimidazoles, pharmaceutical compositions containing them, and these compounds for use in treating proliferative diseases
US20140088103A1 (en) 2011-03-28 2014-03-27 Mei Pharma, Inc. (fused ring arylamino and heterocyclylamino) pyrimidinyl and 1,3,5-triazinyl benzimidazoles, pharmaceutical compositions thereof, and their use in treating proliferative diseases
US20120252721A1 (en) 2011-03-31 2012-10-04 Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods for treating drug-resistant hepatitis c virus infection with a 5,5-fused arylene or heteroarylene hepatitis c virus inhibitor
EP2723735A4 (en) 2011-06-23 2015-02-18 Map Pharmaceuticals Inc Novel fluoroergoline analogs
CN102302786A (en) * 2011-08-01 2012-01-04 扬州大学 Preparation method for beta-cyclodextrin polymer-paclitaxel inclusion compound
CN102331414B (en) * 2011-08-29 2014-06-11 西南大学 Fluorescent sensitizer of aflatoxin B1 and its application
JP6170047B2 (en) 2011-08-31 2017-07-26 ユニバーシティ・オブ・ジョージア・リサーチ・ファウンデイション・インコーポレイテッド Apoptosis-targeting nanoparticles
WO2013037482A1 (en) 2011-09-15 2013-03-21 Phenex Pharmaceuticals Ag Farnesoid x receptor agonists for cancer treatment and prevention
US10988618B2 (en) 2011-09-23 2021-04-27 Dystar Hilton Davis Corp. Self-assembled nano-structured particle and methods for preparing
WO2013044045A1 (en) 2011-09-23 2013-03-28 Emerald Hilton Davis, Llc Self-assembled nano-structure particle and method for preparing
ES2371898B2 (en) * 2011-09-29 2012-06-13 Universidade De Santiago De Compostela CYCLODEXTRINE NANOGELS.
MY167575A (en) 2011-10-14 2018-09-20 Ambit Biosciences Corp Heterocyclic compounds and use thereof as modulators of type iii receptor tyrosine kinases
AU2012355982A1 (en) 2011-12-19 2014-07-10 Map Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Novel iso-ergoline derivatives
US8946420B2 (en) 2011-12-21 2015-02-03 Map Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Neuromodulatory compounds
JP6356614B2 (en) 2012-02-17 2018-07-11 ユニバーシティ・オブ・ジョージア・リサーチ・ファウンデイション・インコーポレイテッド Nanoparticles for mitochondrial transport of drugs
WO2013130600A1 (en) 2012-02-29 2013-09-06 Ambit Biosciences Corporation Solid forms comprising optically active pyrazolylaminoquinazoline, compositions thereof, and uses therewith
TW201341367A (en) 2012-03-16 2013-10-16 Axikin Pharmaceuticals Inc 3,5-diaminopyrazole kinase inhibitors
SI2844637T1 (en) 2012-05-02 2018-07-31 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Substituted 3-haloaliline SSAO inhibitors and their use
US9732038B2 (en) 2012-06-14 2017-08-15 Mayo Foundation For Medical Education And Research Pyrazole derivatives as inhibitors of STAT3
US9012640B2 (en) 2012-06-22 2015-04-21 Map Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Cabergoline derivatives
CN104812775B (en) 2012-07-25 2019-05-03 塞尔德克斯医疗公司 Anti-KIT antibodies and their uses
US9074186B2 (en) 2012-08-15 2015-07-07 Boston Medical Center Corporation Production of red blood cells and platelets from stem cells
US9156799B2 (en) 2012-09-07 2015-10-13 Axikin Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Isotopically enriched arylsulfonamide CCR3 antagonists
WO2014055647A1 (en) 2012-10-03 2014-04-10 Mei Pharma, Inc. (sulfinyl and sulfonyl benzimidazolyl) pyrimidines and triazines, pharmaceutical compositions thereof, and their use for treating proliferative diseases
WO2014063155A1 (en) 2012-10-21 2014-04-24 University Of Rochester Thy1 (cd90) as a novel therapy to control adipose tissue accumulation
US20150272924A1 (en) 2012-11-08 2015-10-01 Summa Health System Vitamin c, vitamin k, a polyphenol, and combinations thereof for wound healing
AU2013352106B2 (en) 2012-11-30 2018-04-26 Novomedix, Llc Substituted biaryl sulfonamides and the use thereof
CA2895829A1 (en) 2012-12-21 2014-06-26 Map Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Novel methysergide derivatives
US9169214B2 (en) 2012-12-21 2015-10-27 The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University Compounds and compositions that bind and stabilize transthyretin and their use for inhibiting transthyretin amyloidosis and protein-protein interactions
US9468681B2 (en) 2013-03-01 2016-10-18 California Institute Of Technology Targeted nanoparticles
WO2014133549A1 (en) 2013-03-01 2014-09-04 California Institute Of Technology Nanoparticles stabilized with nitrophenylboronic acid compositions
WO2014194250A2 (en) * 2013-05-31 2014-12-04 University Of Cincinnati Novel nanocarrier delivered cancer chemotherapeutic agents
SG10201708143QA (en) 2013-06-06 2017-11-29 Pf Medicament Anti-c10orf54 antibodies and uses thereof
EP3033108B1 (en) 2013-08-16 2021-03-24 University Of Rochester Designed peptides for tight junction barrier modulation
CN105683182A (en) 2013-08-30 2016-06-15 埃姆比特生物科学公司 Biaryl acetamide compounds and methods of use thereof
NZ631142A (en) 2013-09-18 2016-03-31 Axikin Pharmaceuticals Inc Pharmaceutically acceptable salts of 3,5-diaminopyrazole kinase inhibitors
WO2015042375A1 (en) 2013-09-20 2015-03-26 Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Hepatitis c virus inhibitors
EP3450571B1 (en) 2014-02-24 2023-04-05 Celgene Corporation Methods of using an activator of cereblon for neural cell expansion and the treatment of central nervous system disorders
GB201403775D0 (en) 2014-03-04 2014-04-16 Kymab Ltd Antibodies, uses & methods
US20170066779A1 (en) 2014-03-05 2017-03-09 Idenix Pharmaceuticals Llc Solid forms of a flaviviridae virus inhibitor compound and salts thereof
WO2015138992A1 (en) 2014-03-14 2015-09-17 University Of Georgia Research Foundation, Inc. Mitochondrial delivery of 3-bromopyruvate
CA3175724C (en) 2014-03-20 2024-01-09 Capella Therapeutics, Inc. Benzimidazole derivatives, and pharmaceutical compositions and methods of use thereof
TWI705967B (en) 2014-03-20 2020-10-01 美商卡佩拉醫療公司 Benzimidazole derivatives, and pharmaceutical compositions and methods of use thereof
EP3142649B1 (en) 2014-05-12 2019-07-24 Conatus Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Treatment of the complications of chronic liver disease with caspase inhibitor emricasan
DK3148579T3 (en) 2014-05-28 2021-03-08 Agenus Inc ANTI-GITR ANTIBODIES AND METHODS OF USING IT
US9527815B2 (en) 2014-06-18 2016-12-27 Biotheryx, Inc. Hydroxypyridone derivatives, pharmaceutical compositions thereof, and their therapeutic use for treating inflammatory, neurodegenerative, or immune-mediated diseases
US9499514B2 (en) 2014-07-11 2016-11-22 Celgene Corporation Antiproliferative compounds and methods of use thereof
US20160045609A1 (en) 2014-08-14 2016-02-18 Mamoun M. Alhamadsheh Conjugation of pharmaceutically active agents with transthyretin ligands through adjustable linkers to increase serum half-life
JP2017526713A (en) 2014-09-12 2017-09-14 トビラ セラピューティクス， インコーポレイテッド Senicribiroc combination therapy to treat fibrosis
EP3209658A1 (en) 2014-10-24 2017-08-30 Biogen MA Inc. Diterpenoid derivatives and methods of use thereof
WO2016094837A2 (en) 2014-12-11 2016-06-16 Igenica Biotherapeutics, Inc. Anti-c10orf54 antibodies and uses thereof
EP3789039A1 (en) 2014-12-22 2021-03-10 The Rockefeller University Anti-mertk agonistic antibodies and uses thereof
HUE049801T2 (en) 2014-12-23 2020-10-28 Sma Therapeutics Inc 3,5-diaminopyrazole kinase inhibitors
CN113149982A (en) 2015-01-20 2021-07-23 Xoc制药股份有限公司 Ergoline compounds and uses thereof
BR112017015510A2 (en) 2015-01-20 2018-01-30 Xoc Pharmaceuticals Inc compound of formula (i), method of treatment and / or prevention, d2 receptor agonizing method in one individual, d3 receptor antagonizing method in one individual, 5-ht1d receptor agonizing method in one individual, 5-ht1a receptor agonization in one individual, selective 5-ht1d receptor agonizing method instead of 5-ht1b receptor in one individual, 5-ht2c re-receptor selective agonizing method instead of 5-ht2a or 5 receptor -ht2b in one individual, method of 5-ht2c receptor agonization in one individual, method of providing functional antagonist activity at 5-ht2b receptor or 5-ht7 receptor, and, method of providing functional antagonist activity at adrenergic receptors in one individual
CN107428749B (en) 2015-01-28 2020-07-24 上海复旦张江生物医药股份有限公司 Substituted imidazo[1,2-α]pyridin-2-ylamine compounds and their pharmaceutical compositions and methods of use
WO2016126910A1 (en) * 2015-02-04 2016-08-11 University Of South Florida Self-assembled targeted inclusion complexes for drug delivery
KR102740384B1 (en) 2015-03-03 2024-12-06 키맵 리미티드 Antibodies, Uses and Methods
CA2986765A1 (en) 2015-05-29 2016-12-08 Agenus Inc. Anti-ctla-4 antibodies and methods of use thereof
WO2016210180A2 (en) 2015-06-23 2016-12-29 Neurocrine Biosciences, Inc. Vmat2 inhibitors for treating neurological diseases or disorders
CN111643479B (en) 2015-07-01 2023-10-27 加州理工学院 Cationic mucic acid polymer-based delivery system
US11318110B2 (en) 2015-08-28 2022-05-03 Caliway Biopharmaceuticals Co., Ltd. Pharmaceutical composition for reducing local fat and uses thereof
CA2995158C (en) * 2015-08-28 2021-05-11 Caliway Biopharmaceuticals Co., Ltd. A pharmaceutical composition for reducing local fat and uses thereof
EP3344656A1 (en) 2015-09-01 2018-07-11 Agenus Inc. Anti-pd-1 antibodies and methods of use thereof
IL284874B2 (en) 2015-10-30 2023-10-01 Neurocrine Biosciences Inc Valbenazine salts and polymorphs thereof
WO2017079566A1 (en) 2015-11-05 2017-05-11 Conatus Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Caspase inhibitors for use in the treatment of liver cancer
EP4455145A3 (en) 2015-12-02 2025-03-12 Astraea Therapeutics, LLC Piperidinyl nociceptin receptor compounds
US10112924B2 (en) 2015-12-02 2018-10-30 Astraea Therapeutics, Inc. Piperdinyl nociceptin receptor compounds
LT3394057T (en) 2015-12-23 2022-06-27 Neurocrine Biosciences, Inc. SYNTHETIC METHOD FOR THE PRODUCTION OF (S)-(2R,3R,11BR)-3-ISOBUTYL-9,10-DIMETHOXY-2,3,4,6,7,11B-HEXAHYDRO-1H-PYRIDO[2,1-A ]ISOCHINOLIN-2-YLO 2-AMINO-3-METHYLBUTANOATO DI(4-METHYL BENZENESULFONATE)
EP3397251A1 (en) 2015-12-31 2018-11-07 Conatus Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods of using caspase inhibitors in treatment of liver disease
EP3399978B1 (en) 2016-01-08 2020-09-09 Celgene Corporation Antiproliferative compounds, and their pharmaceutical compositions and uses
MX385964B (en) 2016-01-08 2025-03-18 Celgene Corp Solid forms of 2-(4-chlorophenyl)-n-((2-2,6-dioxopiperidin-3-yl)-1-oxoisoindolin-5-yl) methyl)-2,2-difluoroacetamide, and their pharmaceutical compositions and uses
ES2820879R1 (en) 2016-02-19 2021-06-21 Hazel Tech Inc Compositions for the controlled release of active ingredients and methods of their preparation
US10960013B2 (en) 2016-03-04 2021-03-30 East Carolina University J-series prostaglandin-ethanolamides as novel therapeutics for skin and/or oral disorders
WO2017156183A1 (en) 2016-03-08 2017-09-14 Los Gatos Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Camptothecin derivatives and uses thereof
US10064855B2 (en) 2016-03-08 2018-09-04 Los Gatos Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Composite nanoparticles and uses thereof
WO2017180589A1 (en) 2016-04-11 2017-10-19 Auspex Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Deuterated ketamine derivatives
US10047077B2 (en) 2016-04-13 2018-08-14 Skyline Antiinfectives, Inc. Deuterated O-sulfated beta-lactam hydroxamic acids and deuterated N-sulfated beta-lactams
EP4190357A1 (en) 2016-05-13 2023-06-07 Institut Pasteur Inhibition of beta-2 nicotinic acetylcholine receptors to treat alzheimer's disease pathology
TWI753910B (en) 2016-05-16 2022-02-01 美商拜歐斯瑞克斯公司 Pyridinethiones, pharmaceutical compositions thereof, and their therapeutic use for treating a proliferative, inflammatory, neurodegenerative, or immune-mediated disease
MX389710B (en) 2016-05-27 2025-03-20 Agenus Inc Antibodies to T-cell immunoglobulin protein and mucin domain 3 (TIM-3) and methods of using them.
WO2017222575A1 (en) 2016-06-23 2017-12-28 Collegium Pharmaceutical, Inc. Process of making more stable abuse-deterrent oral formulations
EP3481864A1 (en) 2016-07-08 2019-05-15 Staten Biotechnology B.V. Anti-apoc3 antibodies and methods of use thereof
US10919904B2 (en) 2016-08-17 2021-02-16 North Carolina State University Northern-southern route to synthesis of bacteriochlorins
MX390121B (en) 2016-09-19 2025-03-20 Mei Pharma Inc COMBINATIONS OF A BTK INHIBITOR AND A PI3K INHIBITOR FOR THE TREATMENT OF HEMATOLOGICAL MALIGNANCIES.
KR102576042B1 (en) 2016-10-11 2023-09-07 아게누스 인코포레이티드 Anti-LAG-3 Antibodies and Methods of Using The Same
US11779604B2 (en) 2016-11-03 2023-10-10 Kymab Limited Antibodies, combinations comprising antibodies, biomarkers, uses and methods
KR102431830B1 (en) 2016-11-07 2022-08-16 주식회사 뉴라클사이언스 Anti-family 19, member A5 antibodies with sequence similarity and methods of use thereof
WO2018089427A1 (en) 2016-11-09 2018-05-17 Novomedix, Llc Nitrite salts of 1, 1-dimethylbiguanide, pharmaceutical compositions, and methods of use
WO2018089692A1 (en) 2016-11-09 2018-05-17 Phloronol, Inc. Eckol derivatives, methods of synthesis and uses thereof
WO2018102252A1 (en) 2016-11-30 2018-06-07 North Carolina State University Methods for making bacteriochlorin macrocycles comprising an annulated isocyclic ring and related compounds
JP7105774B2 (en) 2016-12-01 2022-07-25 イグナイタ インコーポレイテッド Methods for treating cancer
TW202345829A (en) 2016-12-02 2023-12-01 美商紐羅克里生物科學有限公司 Use of valbenazine for treating schizophrenia or schizoaffective disorder
CN118634323A (en) 2016-12-07 2024-09-13 艾吉纳斯公司 Antibodies and methods of use thereof
FI3551660T3 (en) 2016-12-07 2023-12-11 Agenus Inc Anti-ctla-4 antibodies and methods of use thereof
KR20230169457A (en) 2017-01-27 2023-12-15 뉴로크린 바이오사이언시즈 인코퍼레이티드 Methods for the administration of certain vmat2 inhibitors
AU2018220515B2 (en) 2017-02-17 2022-06-30 DayLife LLC Universal antivenom
CN116730920A (en) 2017-02-17 2023-09-12 文涵治疗有限公司 AG-10 preparation method, intermediate and salt thereof
WO2018164996A1 (en) 2017-03-06 2018-09-13 Neurocrine Biosciences, Inc. Dosing regimen for valbenazine
KR20190133198A (en) 2017-03-27 2019-12-02 셀진 코포레이션 Methods and Compositions for Reducing Immunogenicity
CN108653747B (en) * 2017-03-29 2023-04-07 中国科学院上海药物研究所 Degradable nano-carrier for co-delivery of gene and hydrophobic drug, and preparation method and application thereof
JP7297672B2 (en) 2017-04-13 2023-06-26 アジェナス インコーポレイテッド ANTI-CD137 ANTIBODY AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF
CA3059133A1 (en) 2017-04-21 2018-10-25 Staten Biotechnology B.V. Anti-apoc3 antibodies and methods of use thereof
US20200179352A1 (en) 2017-04-26 2020-06-11 Neurocrine Biosciences, Inc. Use of valbenazine for treating levodopa-induced dyskinesia
RS64576B1 (en) 2017-05-01 2023-10-31 Agenus Inc Anti-tigit antibodies and methods of use thereof
JOP20190219A1 (en) 2017-05-09 2019-09-22 Cardix Therapeutics LLC Pharmaceutical compositions and methods of treating cardiovascular diseases
US10085999B1 (en) 2017-05-10 2018-10-02 Arixa Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Beta-lactamase inhibitors and uses thereof
JP2020522504A (en) 2017-06-01 2020-07-30 エックスオーシー ファーマシューティカルズ インコーポレイテッドＸｏｃ Ｐｈａｒｍａｃｅｕｔｉｃａｌｓ， Ｉｎｃ Polycyclic compounds and their uses
JP6904616B2 (en) 2017-06-27 2021-07-21 ニューラクル サイエンス カンパニー リミテッド Use of member A5 antibody, a family with sequence homology for the treatment of glaucoma
CN111344011B (en) 2017-06-27 2024-01-26 纽洛可科学有限公司 Use of anti-FAM19A5 antibodies to treat fibrosis
JP7076059B2 (en) 2017-06-27 2022-05-27 ニューラクル サイエンス カンパニー リミテッド Anti-FAM19A5 antibody and its uses
CA3067416A1 (en) 2017-06-27 2019-01-03 Neuracle Science Co., Ltd. Use of anti-fam19a5 antibodies for treating cancers
ES2953032T3 (en) 2017-09-01 2023-11-07 Univ East Carolina Ex vivo methods for the activation of immune cells
RS66714B1 (en) 2017-09-21 2025-05-30 Neurocrine Biosciences Inc High dosage valbenazine formulation and compositions, methods, and kits related thereto
CN111263820B (en) 2017-10-02 2024-07-02 纽洛可科学有限公司 Use of anti-sequence-like family 19 member A5 antibodies for the treatment and diagnosis of mood disorders
CA3076920A1 (en) 2017-10-04 2019-04-11 The Regents Of The University Of California Immunomodulatory oligosaccharides
KR20250070134A (en) 2017-10-10 2025-05-20 뉴로크린 바이오사이언시즈 인코퍼레이티드 Methods for the administration of certain vmat2 inhibitors
MX2020003421A (en) 2017-10-10 2020-07-20 Neurocrine Biosciences Inc Methods for the administration of certain vmat2 inhibitors.
CA3080103A1 (en) 2017-10-31 2019-05-09 Staten Biotechnology B.V. Anti-apoc3 antibodies and methods of use thereof
WO2019139871A1 (en) 2018-01-10 2019-07-18 Cura Therapeutics Llc Pharmaceutical compositions comprising dicarboxylic acids and their therapeutic applications
AU2019207491A1 (en) 2018-01-10 2020-07-30 Cura Therapeutics, Llc Pharmaceutical compositions comprising phenylsulfonamides, and their therapeutic applications
MA52137A (en) 2018-03-23 2021-01-27 Eidos Therapeutics Inc METHODS OF TREATMENT OF TTR AMYLOSIS USING AG10
AU2019259798A1 (en) 2018-04-24 2020-11-12 Neuracle Science Co., Ltd. Use of anti-family with sequence similarity 19, member A5 antibodies for the treatment of neuropathic pain
CN119662732A (en) 2018-05-08 2025-03-21 纽洛可科学有限公司 Adeno-associated virus (AAV) delivery of anti-FAM 19A5 antibodies
KR20240056644A (en) 2018-05-10 2024-04-30 주식회사 뉴라클사이언스 Anti-family with sequence similarity 19, member a5 antibodies and method of use thereof
WO2019241327A1 (en) 2018-06-13 2019-12-19 California Institute Of Technology Nanoparticles for crossing the blood brain barrier and methods of treatment using the same
EP3806856A1 (en) 2018-06-14 2021-04-21 Neurocrine Biosciences, Inc. Vmat2 inhibitor compounds, compositions, and methods relating thereto
EP3814327A1 (en) 2018-06-29 2021-05-05 Histogen, Inc. (s)-3-(2-(4-(benzyl)-3-oxopiperazin-1-yl)acetamido)-4-oxo-5-(2,3,5,6-tetrafluorophenoxy)pentanoic acid derivatives and related compounds as caspase inhibitors for treating cardiovascular diseases
CN108774290B (en) * 2018-07-10 2020-09-04 宁夏蓝博思化学技术有限公司 Resveratrol-carboxyalkyl cyclodextrin derivative and preparation method thereof
IL280199B2 (en) 2018-07-20 2025-08-01 Pf Medicament Vista receptor
MA53239A (en) 2018-08-15 2022-05-04 Neurocrine Biosciences Inc METHODS OF ADMINISTRATION OF CERTAIN VMAT2 INHIBITORS
AU2019321583C1 (en) 2018-08-17 2025-11-27 Eidos Therapeutics, Inc. Formulations of AG10
AU2019352017A1 (en) 2018-10-03 2021-05-06 Staten Biotechnology B.V. Antibodies specific for human and cynomolgus ApoC3 and methods of use thereof
AU2019363368A1 (en) 2018-10-16 2021-05-13 Neuracle Science Co., Ltd. Use of anti-FAM19A5 antibodies
CN113365650A (en) 2018-11-16 2021-09-07 新免疫技术有限公司 Methods of treating tumors with combinations of IL-7 proteins and immune checkpoint inhibitors
CN109172824A (en) * 2018-11-26 2019-01-11 中南大学湘雅三医院 A kind of pharmaceutical composition and preparation method thereof for treating cutaneous squamous cell carcinoma
WO2020118042A1 (en) 2018-12-05 2020-06-11 Jacobs Wagner Christine Borrelia burgdorferi peptidoglycan as a diagnostic and target for therapeutic intervention of lyme disease-related pathologies
KR20200071198A (en) 2018-12-10 2020-06-19 네오이뮨텍, 인코퍼레이티드 Development of new adoptive T cell immunotherapy by modification of Nrf2 expression
EP3898609A1 (en) 2018-12-19 2021-10-27 Shy Therapeutics LLC Compounds that interact with the ras superfamily for the treatment of cancers, inflammatory diseases, rasopathies, and fibrotic disease
JP7239216B2 (en) 2018-12-27 2023-03-14 ニューラクル サイエンス カンパニー リミテッド Use of anti-FAM19A5 antibodies to treat atherosclerosis
CN113195533B (en) 2019-01-02 2024-04-26 纽洛可科学有限公司 Antibodies against sequence similarity family 19 member A5 and methods of using the same
US11279774B2 (en) 2019-01-03 2022-03-22 Underdog Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Cyclodextrin dimers, compositions thereof, and uses thereof
TWI839461B (en) 2019-02-06 2024-04-21 美商戴斯阿爾法股份有限公司 Il-17a modulators and uses thereof
ES2978570T3 (en) 2019-02-26 2024-09-16 Inspirna Inc High-affinity anti-MERTK antibodies and their uses
WO2020181165A1 (en) 2019-03-07 2020-09-10 Conatus Pharmaceuticals Inc. Caspase inhibitors and methods of use thereof
JP7754724B2 (en) 2019-05-20 2025-10-15 ニルバナ サイエンシーズ インク． Narrow-emitting dyes with narrow wavelength ranges of light emission, compositions containing same, and methods of making and using same
CN114222802B (en) 2019-05-20 2025-07-11 尼尔瓦纳科学股份有限公司 Narrow emission dyes, compositions containing the same, and methods of making and using the same
CN110124050B (en) * 2019-05-24 2022-05-24 西南大学 Preparation method of charge inversion type polymer carrier based on covalent self-assembly strategy
EP3980054A1 (en) 2019-06-05 2022-04-13 University Of Rochester New designed inhibitors of tight junction formation
AU2020310190A1 (en) 2019-07-11 2022-02-24 Cura Therapeutics, Llc Phenyl compounds and pharmaceutical compositions thereof, and their therapeutic applications
AU2020311404A1 (en) 2019-07-11 2022-03-03 Cura Therapeutics, Llc Sulfone compounds and pharmaceutical compositions thereof, and their therapeutic applications for the treatment of neurodegenerative diseases
US10940141B1 (en) 2019-08-23 2021-03-09 Neurocrine Biosciences, Inc. Methods for the administration of certain VMAT2 inhibitors
KR20220053007A (en) 2019-08-30 2022-04-28 아게누스 인코포레이티드 Anti-CD96 antibodies and methods of use thereof
RU2740287C1 (en) * 2019-08-30 2021-01-12 Федеральное государственное бюджетное образовательное учреждение высшего образования "Московский государственный университет имени М.В. Ломоносова" (МГУ) 3d-matrix structure for drug delivery
JP7566889B2 (en) 2019-09-16 2024-10-15 ダイス・アルファ・インコーポレイテッド IL-17A MODULATORS AND USES THEREOF
US20230057939A1 (en) 2020-01-13 2023-02-23 Neoimmunetech, Inc. Method of treating a tumor with a combination of il-7 protein and a bispecific antibody
WO2021151001A1 (en) 2020-01-22 2021-07-29 Outpace Bio, Inc. Chimeric polypeptides
US20230210952A1 (en) 2020-02-05 2023-07-06 Washington University Method of treating a solid tumor with a combination of an il-7 protein and car-bearing immune cells
US11974982B2 (en) * 2020-04-03 2024-05-07 The Board Of Trustees Of The University Of Illinois Stimulus-responsive antioxidant crystals and method for their preparation
EP4157271A1 (en) 2020-05-29 2023-04-05 Boulder Bioscience LLC Methods for improved endovascular thrombectomy using 3,3'-diindolylmethane
WO2021257828A1 (en) 2020-06-18 2021-12-23 Shy Therapeutics, Llc Substituted thienopyrimidines that interact with the ras superfamily for the treatment of cancers, inflammatory diseases, rasopathies, and fibrotic disease
EP4149471A4 (en) 2020-06-30 2024-07-10 Prosetta Biosciences, Inc. ISOQUINOLINE DERIVATIVES, THEIR SYNTHESIS PROCESSES AND THEIR USES
WO2022061348A1 (en) 2020-09-16 2022-03-24 Biotheryx, Inc. Sos1 protein degraders, pharmaceutical compositions thereof, and their therapeutic applications
CN112263566B (en) * 2020-09-24 2022-06-24 中国药科大学 Albumin-binding type anoxic-oxidation dual-responsiveness composite nanoparticle, preparation method and application
CN112229991B (en) * 2020-10-16 2022-08-16 厦门圣科环保科技股份有限公司 Nano-capture device and preparation method and application thereof
TW202231269A (en) 2020-10-23 2022-08-16 美商拜歐斯瑞克斯公司 Kras protein degraders, pharmaceutical compositions thereof, and their therapeutic applications
US20240101629A1 (en) 2020-11-02 2024-03-28 Neoimmunetech, Inc. Use of interleukin-7 for the treatment of coronavirus
CN116615236A (en) 2020-11-05 2023-08-18 新免疫技术有限公司 Methods of treating tumors using combinations of IL-7 proteins and nucleotide vaccines
AU2021402911A1 (en) 2020-12-14 2023-07-06 Biotheryx, Inc. Pde4 degraders, pharmaceutical compositions, and therapeutic applications
US20240309015A1 (en) 2021-01-27 2024-09-19 Shy Therapeutics, Llc Methods for the Treatment of Fibrotic Disease
US20240124483A1 (en) 2021-01-27 2024-04-18 Shy Therapeutics, Llc Methods for the Treatment of Fibrotic Disease
IL305752A (en) 2021-03-10 2023-11-01 Dice Molecules Sv Inc Alpha v beta 6 and alpha v beta 1 integrin inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2022226166A1 (en) 2021-04-22 2022-10-27 Protego Biopharma, Inc. Spirocyclic imidazolidinones and imidazolidinediones for treatment of light chain amyloidosis
EP4347568A1 (en) 2021-05-27 2024-04-10 Protego Biopharma, Inc. Heteroaryl diamide ire1/xbp1s activators
WO2022251644A1 (en) 2021-05-28 2022-12-01 Lyell Immunopharma, Inc. Nr4a3-deficient immune cells and uses thereof
JP2024520676A (en) 2021-06-02 2024-05-24 ライエル・イミュノファーマ・インコーポレイテッド NR4A3-deficient immune cells and uses thereof
CA3218481A1 (en) 2021-06-14 2022-12-22 argenx BV Anti-il-9 antibodies and methods of use thereof
JP2024522768A (en) 2021-06-16 2024-06-21 バイオセリックス， インコーポレイテッド SOS1 protein degrading agent, pharmaceutical composition thereof, and therapeutic application thereof
WO2022266249A1 (en) 2021-06-16 2022-12-22 Biotheryx, Inc. Kras protein degraders, pharmaceutical compositions thereof, and their therapeutic applications
US20240277857A1 (en) 2021-09-29 2024-08-22 Nbios, Inc. Coiled-coil fusion protein
AU2022368836A1 (en) 2021-10-22 2024-05-02 Prosetta Biosciences, Inc. Novel host-targeted pan-respiratory antiviral small molecule therapeutics
KR20240115979A (en) 2021-11-08 2024-07-26 프로젠토스 테라퓨틱스, 인크. Platelet-derived growth factor receptor (PDGFR) alpha inhibitors and uses thereof
EP4456907A1 (en) 2021-12-30 2024-11-06 NeoImmuneTech, Inc. Method of treating a tumor with a combination of il-7 protein and vegf antagonist
JP2025501308A (en) 2022-01-03 2025-01-17 ライラック セラピューティクス， インク． Acyclic Thiol Prodrugs
WO2023129577A1 (en) 2022-01-03 2023-07-06 Lilac Therapeutics, Inc. Cyclic thiol prodrugs
WO2023157989A1 (en) 2022-02-17 2023-08-24 주식회사 노벨티노빌리티 Antibody-drug conjugate
JP2025507621A (en) 2022-03-02 2025-03-21 ミトパワー， インク． Novel prodrugs derived from nicotinic acid and ribose.
WO2023192904A1 (en) 2022-03-30 2023-10-05 Biomarin Pharmaceutical Inc. Dystrophin exon skipping oligonucleotides
GB2619907A (en) 2022-04-01 2023-12-27 Kanna Health Ltd Novel crystalline salt forms of mesembrine
AR129053A1 (en) 2022-04-14 2024-07-10 Bristol Myers Squibb Co NEW GSPT1 COMPOUNDS AND METHODS OF USING THE NEW COMPOUNDS
AU2023265665A1 (en) 2022-05-05 2024-10-10 Biomarin Pharmaceutical Inc. Method of treating duchenne muscular dystrophy
IL316794A (en) 2022-05-10 2025-01-01 Biotheryx Inc Cdk protein degraders, pharmaceutical compositions, and therapeutic applications
KR20250027283A (en) 2022-05-19 2025-02-25 라이엘 이뮤노파마, 인크. Polynucleotide targeting nr4a3 and uses thereof
CN114794098A (en) * 2022-06-30 2022-07-29 山东百农思达生物科技有限公司 Preparation method of crowndaisy chrysanthemum essence and veratrine microcapsule suspending agent
CN115340615B (en) * 2022-08-12 2023-05-02 同济大学 Fluorescent molecule based on cyclodextrin-amino acid and synthetic method and application thereof
JP2025531869A (en) 2022-09-09 2025-09-25 イノヴォ セラピューティクス、インコーポレイテッド CK1α and dual CK1α/GSPT1 degrading compounds
EP4593826A1 (en) 2022-09-30 2025-08-06 Boulder Bioscience LLC Compositions comprising 3,3'-diindolylmethane for treating non-hemorrhagic closed head injury
JP2025537484A (en) 2022-10-21 2025-11-18 ダイアゴナル・セラピューティクス・インコーポレイテッド Heteromeric agonist antibodies against IL-18 receptor
US20240174673A1 (en) 2022-10-26 2024-05-30 Protego Biopharma, Inc. Spirocycle Containing Pyridine Compounds
EP4608838A1 (en) 2022-10-26 2025-09-03 Protego Biopharma, Inc. Spirocycle containing pyridone compounds
WO2024092040A1 (en) 2022-10-26 2024-05-02 Protego Biopharma, Inc. Spirocycle containing bicyclic heteroaryl compounds
WO2024092211A1 (en) * 2022-10-27 2024-05-02 Nurettin Sahiner Fabrication of cyclodextrin particles and cryogels and methods of using and making thereof
KR20250089492A (en) 2022-11-07 2025-06-18 네오이뮨텍, 인코퍼레이티드 Treatment of tumors with unmethylated MGMT promoter
WO2024118810A1 (en) 2022-11-30 2024-06-06 Protego Biopharma, Inc. Cyclic pyrazole diamide ire1/xbp1s activators
EP4626864A1 (en) 2022-11-30 2025-10-08 Protego Biopharma, Inc. Linear heteroaryl diamide ire1/xbp1s activators
AU2024240129A1 (en) 2023-03-17 2025-10-09 Oxitope Pharma B.V. Anti-phosphocholine antibodies and methods of use thereof
WO2024194685A2 (en) 2023-03-17 2024-09-26 Oxitope Pharma B.V. Anti-phosphocholine antibodies and methods of use thereof
EP4688147A1 (en) 2023-04-07 2026-02-11 Diagonal Therapeutics Inc. Bispecific agonistic antibodies to activin a receptor like type 1 (alk1)
AU2024254039A1 (en) 2023-04-07 2025-10-02 Diagonal Therapeutics Inc. Hinge-modified bispecific antibodies
WO2024226471A2 (en) 2023-04-24 2024-10-31 Biomarin Pharmaceutical Inc. Compositions and methods for treating stxbp1 disorders
TW202448485A (en) 2023-05-05 2024-12-16 美商拜奧馬林製藥公司 Dystrophin exon skipping oligonucleotides
EP4709725A1 (en) 2023-05-09 2026-03-18 Progentos Therapeutics, Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
AU2024276812A1 (en) 2023-05-19 2025-11-06 Diagonal Therapeutics Inc. Bispecific agonistic antibodies to il12 receptor
KR20260033048A (en) 2023-07-03 2026-03-10 네오이뮨텍, 인코퍼레이티드 Heterodimeric FC molecules and their uses
WO2025046298A2 (en) 2023-09-01 2025-03-06 iTeos Belgium SA Anti-trem2 antibodies and methods of use
AU2024344247A1 (en) 2023-09-19 2026-05-07 Kancure Pte. Ltd. Survivin-targeted compounds
IL327069A (en) 2023-09-27 2026-05-01 Isosterix Inc Myst inhibitors
WO2025085416A1 (en) 2023-10-16 2025-04-24 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Gspt1 compounds and methods of use of the compounds
AU2024366926A1 (en) 2023-10-23 2026-03-12 Diagonal Therapeutics Inc. Heteromeric agonistic antibodies to il-18 receptor
GB2636969A (en) 2023-11-24 2025-07-09 Ontrack Therapeutics Ltd Novel crystalline salt forms
CN117598306A (en) * 2023-12-06 2024-02-27 安徽省农业科学院植物保护与农产品质量安全研究所 A highly efficient fungicide and its application
WO2025133707A1 (en) 2023-12-19 2025-06-26 Vectory Therapeutics B.V. Anti-tdp-43 antibodies and uses thereof
WO2025147691A1 (en) 2024-01-04 2025-07-10 Innovo Therapeutics, Inc. Compositions and methods for degrading aryl hydrocarbon receptor nuclear translocator protein
WO2025179161A1 (en) 2024-02-21 2025-08-28 Innovo Therapeutics, Inc. Protein degrading compounds
WO2025201633A1 (en) 2024-03-26 2025-10-02 Chen Gefei An agent for reducing amyloid formation
WO2025255341A1 (en) 2024-06-05 2025-12-11 Protego Biopharma, Inc. Tetrahydrofuranyl ire1/xbp1s activators
WO2026080757A2 (en) 2024-10-09 2026-04-16 Diagonal Therapeutics Inc. Activin receptor type ii a/b (actriia/b) antibodies
WO2026080752A2 (en) 2024-10-09 2026-04-16 Diagonal Therapeutics Inc. De novo antibodies to activin a receptor like type 1 (alk1)
WO2026080748A2 (en) 2024-10-09 2026-04-16 Diagonal Therapeutics Inc. Bone morphogenetic protein receptor type 2 (bmprii) antibodies

Family Cites Families (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CH445129A (en) * 1964-04-29 1967-10-15 Nestle Sa Process for the preparation of high molecular weight inclusion compounds
US4727064A (en) * 1984-04-25 1988-02-23 The United States Of America As Represented By The Department Of Health And Human Services Pharmaceutical preparations containing cyclodextrin derivatives
US5997856A (en) * 1988-10-05 1999-12-07 Chiron Corporation Method and compositions for solubilization and stabilization of polypeptides, especially proteins
US5068227A (en) * 1989-01-18 1991-11-26 Cyclex, Inc. Cyclodextrins as carriers
WO1991005605A1 (en) * 1989-10-10 1991-05-02 Kosak Kenneth M Cyclodextrin labels for immunoassay and biochemical analysis
KR0166088B1 (en) * 1990-01-23 1999-01-15 . Cyclodextrin derivatives with increased water solubility and uses thereof
IT1241417B (en) * 1990-03-06 1994-01-14 Vectorpharma Int THERAPEUTIC COMPOSITIONS WITH CONTROLLED RELEASE OF DRUGS SUPPORTED ON CROSS-LINKED POLYMERS AND COATED WITH POLYMER FILM, AND THEIR PREPARATION PROCESS
FI935394L (en) * 1991-06-03 1993-12-02 Nycomed Imaging As FOERBAETTRINGAR I BETRAEFFANDE KONTRASTMEDEL

Cited By (113)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6884789B2 (en) 1998-07-01 2005-04-26 California Institute Of Technology Linear cyclodextrin copolymers
US20110143944A1 (en) * 1998-07-01 2011-06-16 California Institute Of Technology Linear cyclodextrin copolymers
US6509323B1 (en) 1998-07-01 2003-01-21 California Institute Of Technology Linear cyclodextrin copolymers
US20070025952A1 (en) * 1998-07-01 2007-02-01 California Institute Of Technology Linear cyclodextrin copolymers
US7091192B1 (en) 1998-07-01 2006-08-15 California Institute Of Technology Linear cyclodextrin copolymers
US10018618B2 (en) 1998-10-13 2018-07-10 Peptide Biosciences, Inc. Stabilizied bioactive peptides and methods of identification, synthesis and use
US8030464B2 (en) * 1998-10-13 2011-10-04 The University Of Georgia Research Foundation, Inc Stabilized bioactive peptides and methods of identification, synthesis, and use
US8440201B2 (en) 1998-10-13 2013-05-14 University Of Georgia Research Foundation, Inc. Stabilized bioactive peptides and methods of identification, synthesis, and use
US20090004696A1 (en) * 1998-10-13 2009-01-01 University Of Georgia Research Foundation, Inc. Stabilized bioactive peptides and methods of identification, synthesis, and use
US9322829B2 (en) 1998-10-13 2016-04-26 Peptide Biosciences, Inc. Stabilized bioactive peptides and methods of identification, synthesis, and use
US7375096B1 (en) 1998-12-04 2008-05-20 California Institute Of Technology Method of preparing a supramolecular complex containing a therapeutic agent and a multi-dimensional polymer network
US20110144190A1 (en) * 1998-12-04 2011-06-16 California Institute Of Technology Method of preparing a supramolecular complex containing a therapeutic agent and a multi-dimensional polymer network
US20080279954A1 (en) * 1998-12-04 2008-11-13 California Institute Of Technology Method of preparing a supramolecular complex containing a therapeutic agent and a multi-dimensional polymer network
US8277846B2 (en) 2000-12-19 2012-10-02 California Institute Of Technology Complexing agents for compositions containing inclusion complexes
US8092833B2 (en) 2000-12-19 2012-01-10 California Institute Of Technology Compositions containing inclusion complexes
US7968123B2 (en) 2000-12-19 2011-06-28 California Institute Of Technology Complexing agents for compositions containing inclusion complexes
US20110182864A1 (en) * 2000-12-19 2011-07-28 California Institute Of Technology Compositions containing inclusion complexes
US7166302B2 (en) 2000-12-19 2007-01-23 California Institute Of Technology Complexing agents for compositions containing inclusion complexes
US7807198B2 (en) 2000-12-19 2010-10-05 California Institute Of Technology Compositions containing inclusion complexes
US20060182795A1 (en) * 2000-12-19 2006-08-17 California Institute Of Technology Compositions containing inclusion complexes
US20070128167A1 (en) * 2000-12-19 2007-06-07 California Institute Of Technology Complexing agents for compositions containing inclusion complexes
US7018609B2 (en) 2000-12-19 2006-03-28 California Institute Of Technology Compositions containing inclusion complexes
US7067494B2 (en) 2001-06-22 2006-06-27 The University Of British Columbia Antimitotic eleuthesides
US20030144222A1 (en) * 2001-11-30 2003-07-31 Salus Therapeutics, Inc. Cyclodextrin grafted biocompatible amphilphilic polymer and methods of preparation and use thereof
US7141540B2 (en) 2001-11-30 2006-11-28 Genta Salus Llc Cyclodextrin grafted biocompatible amphilphilic polymer and methods of preparation and use thereof
US10351852B2 (en) 2002-02-20 2019-07-16 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA interference mediated inhibition of gene expression using chemically modified short interfering nucleic acid (siNA)
US20160053269A1 (en) * 2002-02-20 2016-02-25 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA INTERFERENCE MEDIATED INHIBITION OF GENE EXPRESSION USING CHEMICALLY MODIFIED SHORT INTERFERING NUCLEIC ACID (siNA)
US10000754B2 (en) 2002-02-20 2018-06-19 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA interference mediated inhibition of gene expression using chemically modified short interfering nucleic acid (siNA)
US9738899B2 (en) 2002-02-20 2017-08-22 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA interference mediated inhibition of gene expression using chemically modified short interfering nucleic acid (siNA)
US20050222064A1 (en) * 2002-02-20 2005-10-06 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. Polycationic compositions for cellular delivery of polynucleotides
US9732344B2 (en) 2002-02-20 2017-08-15 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA interference mediated inhibition of gene expression using chemically modified short interfering nucleic acid (siNA)
US9771588B2 (en) 2002-02-20 2017-09-26 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA interference mediated inhibition of gene expression using chemically modified short interfering nucleic acid (siNA)
US10662428B2 (en) 2002-02-20 2020-05-26 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA interference mediated inhibition of gene expression using chemically modified short interfering nucleic acid (siNA)
US9657294B2 (en) * 2002-02-20 2017-05-23 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA interference mediated inhibition of gene expression using chemically modified short interfering nucleic acid (siNA)
US9957517B2 (en) 2002-02-20 2018-05-01 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA interference mediated inhibition of gene expression using chemically modified short interfering nucleic acid (siNA)
US10889815B2 (en) 2002-02-20 2021-01-12 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA interference mediated inhibition of gene expression using chemically modified short interfering nucleic acid (siNA)
WO2003072637A1 (en) * 2002-02-22 2003-09-04 Insert Therapeutics, Inc. Carbohydrate-modified polymers, compositions and uses related thereto
WO2003080121A1 (en) * 2002-03-26 2003-10-02 Council Of Scientific And Industrial Research Macromolecular compounds as potential anti-inflammatory agents
US8252276B2 (en) 2002-09-06 2012-08-28 Cerulean Pharma Inc. Cyclodextrin-based polymers for therapeutics delivery
US8475781B2 (en) 2002-09-06 2013-07-02 Cerulean Pharma Inc. Cyclodextrin-based polymers for therapeutics delivery
US8314230B2 (en) 2002-09-06 2012-11-20 Cerulean Pharma Inc. Cyclodextrin-based polymers for therapeutics delivery
US8399431B2 (en) 2002-09-06 2013-03-19 Cerulean Pharma Inc. Cyclodextrin-based polymers for therapeutics delivery
US8404662B2 (en) 2002-09-06 2013-03-26 Cerulean Pharma Inc. Cyclodextrin-based polymers for therapeutics delivery
US8389499B2 (en) 2002-09-06 2013-03-05 Cerulean Pharma Inc. Cyclodextrin-based polymers for therapeutics delivery
US8110179B2 (en) 2002-09-06 2012-02-07 Cerulean Pharma Inc. Cyclodextrin-based polymers for therapeutics delivery
US9550860B2 (en) 2002-09-06 2017-01-24 Cerulean Pharma Inc. Cyclodextrin-based polymers for therapeutics delivery
US8680202B2 (en) 2002-09-06 2014-03-25 Cerulean Pharma Inc. Cyclodextrin-based polymers for therapeutics delivery
US8609081B2 (en) 2002-09-06 2013-12-17 Cerulean Pharma Inc. Cyclodextrin-based polymers for therapeutics delivery
US8603454B2 (en) 2002-09-06 2013-12-10 Cerulean Pharma Inc. Cyclodextrin-based polymers for therapeutics delivery
US8580244B2 (en) 2002-09-06 2013-11-12 Cerulean Pharma Inc. Cyclodextrin-based polymers for therapeutics delivery
US8580242B2 (en) 2002-09-06 2013-11-12 Cerulean Pharma Inc. Cyclodextrin-based polymers for therapeutics delivery
US8580243B2 (en) 2002-09-06 2013-11-12 Cerulean Pharma Inc. Cyclodextrin-based polymers for therapeutics delivery
US8518388B2 (en) 2002-09-06 2013-08-27 Cerulean Pharma Inc. Cyclodextrin-based polymers for therapeutics delivery
AU2003295344B2 (en) * 2002-10-09 2008-01-31 Insert Therapeutics, Inc. Cyclodextrin-based materials, compositions and uses related thereto
US20040109888A1 (en) * 2002-10-09 2004-06-10 Insert Therapeutics, Inc. Cyclodextrin-based materials, compositions and uses related thereto
US8357377B2 (en) * 2002-10-09 2013-01-22 Suzie Hwang Pun Cyclodextrin-based materials, compositions and uses related thereto
WO2004041310A1 (en) * 2002-11-08 2004-05-21 Danmarks Fødevareforskning Preparation of chemically well-defined carbohydrate dendrimer conjugates
US20040185564A1 (en) * 2003-01-23 2004-09-23 Guping Tang Biodegradable copolymer and nucleic acid delivery system
US20060040879A1 (en) * 2004-08-21 2006-02-23 Kosak Kenneth M Chloroquine coupled nucleic acids and methods for their synthesis
US20060111272A1 (en) * 2004-09-08 2006-05-25 Roberts Michael J Metabolically inert antifolates for treating disorders of abnormal cellular proliferation and inflammation
US7829708B2 (en) * 2004-09-08 2010-11-09 Chelsea Therapeutics, Inc. Metabolically inert antifolates for treating disorders of abnormal cellular proliferation and inflammation
US20110081338A1 (en) * 2004-09-08 2011-04-07 Chelsea Therapeutics, Inc. Metabolically inert antifolates for treating disorders of abnormal cellular proliferation and inflammation
US20060210527A1 (en) * 2005-02-16 2006-09-21 Insert Therapeutics, Inc. Cyclodextrin-based polymers for therapeutics delivery
US20070082870A1 (en) * 2005-10-11 2007-04-12 Buchanan Charles M Pharmaceutical formulations of cyclodextrins and antifungal azole compounds
US20070154553A1 (en) * 2006-01-04 2007-07-05 Postech Foundation Cucurbituril-containing gel and method of preparing the same
US7850992B2 (en) * 2006-01-04 2010-12-14 Postech Academy-Industry Foundation Cucurbituril-containing gel and method of preparing the same
US20100047258A1 (en) * 2006-08-02 2010-02-25 Dong Wang Drug Carriers, Their Synthesis, and Methods of Use Thereof
US20100303754A1 (en) * 2006-10-20 2010-12-02 Biocydex Process for preparation of cyclodextrin oligomers or polymers, products obtained and uses
EP3354267A1 (en) * 2007-01-23 2018-08-01 Pharmagra Labs, Inc. Stabilized sulforaphane
WO2008091608A1 (en) * 2007-01-23 2008-07-31 Pharmagra Labs, Inc. Stabilized sulforaphane
US7879822B2 (en) 2007-01-23 2011-02-01 Pharmagra Labs, Inc. Stabilized sulforaphane
US20080176942A1 (en) * 2007-01-23 2008-07-24 Pharmagra Labs, Inc. Stabilized sulforaphane
EP2796140A3 (en) * 2007-01-23 2014-12-24 Pharmagra Labs, Inc. Stabilized Sulforaphane
US8497365B2 (en) 2007-01-24 2013-07-30 Mark E. Davis Cyclodextrin-based polymers for therapeutics delivery
US9610360B2 (en) 2007-01-24 2017-04-04 Ceruliean Pharma Inc. Polymer drug conjugates with tether groups for controlled drug delivery
US8372834B2 (en) 2007-03-02 2013-02-12 University Of Wollongong Compositions and methods for delivery of anti-cancer agents
US20100063057A1 (en) * 2007-03-02 2010-03-11 University Of Wollongong Compositions and methods for delivery of anti-cancer agents
WO2008106721A1 (en) 2007-03-02 2008-09-12 University Of Wollongong Compositions and methods for delivery of anti-cancer agents
WO2009003656A1 (en) * 2007-07-04 2009-01-08 Sea Marconi Technologies Di Vander Tumiatti S.A.S. Cyclodextrin-based nanosponges as a vehicle for antitumoral drugs
US8114818B2 (en) 2008-01-16 2012-02-14 Halliburton Energy Services, Inc. Methods and compositions for altering the viscosity of treatment fluids used in subterranean operations
US20090253719A1 (en) * 2008-04-07 2009-10-08 Chelsea Therapeutics, Inc. Crystalline salt forms of antifolate compounds and methods of manufacturing thereof
US20090253720A1 (en) * 2008-04-07 2009-10-08 Chelsea Therapeutics, Inc. Antifolate compositions
US20100273991A1 (en) * 2009-04-23 2010-10-28 Syracuse University Method of covalently modifying proteins with organic molecules to prevent aggregation
US8569463B2 (en) * 2009-04-23 2013-10-29 Syracuse University Method of covalently modifying proteins with organic molecules to prevent aggregation
US20110124650A1 (en) * 2009-07-08 2011-05-26 Chelsea Therapeutics, Inc. Stable crystalline salts of antifolate compounds
US8530653B2 (en) 2009-11-06 2013-09-10 Chelsea Therapeutics, Inc. Enzyme inhibiting compounds
US20110112126A1 (en) * 2009-11-06 2011-05-12 Chelsea Therapeutics, Inc. Enzyme inhibiting compounds
US20110237540A1 (en) * 2009-11-23 2011-09-29 Crawford Thomas C Cyclodextrin-based polymers for therapeutic delivery
WO2011080422A1 (en) 2009-12-31 2011-07-07 Mohamed Skiba Method for synthesizing calixarene and/or cyclodextrin copolymers, terpolymers and tetrapolymers, and uses thereof
WO2011080421A1 (en) 2009-12-31 2011-07-07 Mohamed Skiba Method for synthesizing calixarene and/or cyclodextrin copolymers, terpolymers and tetrapolymers, and uses thereof
US20110237609A1 (en) * 2010-03-29 2011-09-29 Chelsea Therapeutics, Inc. Antifolate compositions
US9572895B2 (en) 2010-08-06 2017-02-21 The Board Of Trustees Of The University Of Illinois Multiplexed supramolecular assemblies for non-viral delivery of genetic material
US8658652B2 (en) 2010-12-07 2014-02-25 Chelsea Therapeutics, Inc. Antifolate combinations
US9428682B2 (en) 2011-12-15 2016-08-30 Halliburton Energy Services, Inc. Wellbore servicing compositions and methods of making and using same
US9163173B2 (en) 2011-12-15 2015-10-20 Halliburton Energy Services, Inc. Wellbore servicing compositions and methods of making and using same
US11406595B2 (en) * 2012-05-21 2022-08-09 University Of Maryland, College Park Highly stable colloid from aqueous solutions of small organic molecules
US20140004194A1 (en) * 2012-05-21 2014-01-02 University Of Maryland Highly stable colloid from aqueous solutions of small organic molecules
US10864186B2 (en) 2012-06-01 2020-12-15 Pharmagra Labs, Inc. Method of synthesising sulforaphane
US11571406B2 (en) 2012-06-01 2023-02-07 Pharmagra Labs, Inc. Method of synthesising sulforaphane
US12098423B2 (en) * 2012-08-14 2024-09-24 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides
US20200255894A1 (en) * 2012-08-14 2020-08-13 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and systems for sample processing polynucleotides
US12037634B2 (en) 2012-08-14 2024-07-16 10X Genomics, Inc. Capsule array devices and methods of use
US11464871B2 (en) 2012-10-02 2022-10-11 Novartis Ag Methods and systems for polymer precipitation and generation of particles
US20150073102A1 (en) * 2013-09-06 2015-03-12 Honeywell Federal Manufacturing & Technologies, Llc Aminoanthracene-epoxy nanocomposite containing free anthracene
US9751974B2 (en) * 2013-09-06 2017-09-05 Honeywell Federal Manufacturing & Technologies, Llc Aminoanthracene—epoxy nanocomposite containing free anthracene
US11199540B2 (en) 2014-08-21 2021-12-14 Illumina Cambridge Limited Reversible surface functionalization
US10684281B2 (en) * 2014-08-21 2020-06-16 Illumina Cambridge Limited Reversible surface functionalization
WO2017006279A1 (en) * 2015-07-08 2017-01-12 Aten Porus Lifesciences Cyclodextrin-polymer complexes and compostions and methods of making and using the same
US11027022B2 (en) 2016-05-20 2021-06-08 Polytherics Limited Conjugates and conjugating reagents
CN109364262A (en) * 2018-11-07 2019-02-22 西南大学 A kind of preparation method of redox double-responsive polymer camptothecin prodrug
KR20240113284A (en) * 2023-01-13 2024-07-22 한림대학교 산학협력단 Method for production of fisetin inclusion complex using cyclodextrin glucanotransferase
KR102868101B1 (en) * 2023-01-13 2025-10-01 한림대학교 산학협력단 Method for production of fisetin inclusion complex using cyclodextrin glucanotransferase
RU2851660C1 (en) * 2024-08-31 2025-11-26 Федеральное государственное бюджетное образовательное учреждение высшего образования "Московский государственный университет имени М.В. Ломоносова" (МГУ) DELIVERY VEHICLE BASED ON POLYMERS OF β-CYCLODEXTRIN DERIVATIVES FOR ANTIBACTERIAL MOLECULES

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
EP1183538A1 (en) 2002-03-06
ATE264114T1 (en) 2004-04-15
WO2000040962A1 (en) 2000-07-13
US6048736A (en) 2000-04-11
DE69916504D1 (en) 2004-05-19
AU3468900A (en) 2000-07-24
US6835718B2 (en) 2004-12-28
EP1183538A4 (en) 2003-07-16
EP1183538B1 (en) 2004-04-14
US20010021703A1 (en) 2001-09-13

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
EP1183538B1 (en) Cyclodextrin polymers for use as drug carriers
Wang et al. Research status of dendrimer micelles in tumor therapy for drug delivery
Jayakumar et al. Chitosan conjugated DNA nanoparticles in gene therapy
Yang et al. Host–guest interaction-based self-engineering of nano-sized vesicles for co-delivery of genes and anticancer drugs
US7018609B2 (en) Compositions containing inclusion complexes
Bai et al. Recent progress in dendrimer-based nanocarriers
US20050153913A1 (en) Nucleic acid carrier compositions and methods for their synthesis
Jeong et al. Triggered doxorubicin release using redox-sensitive hyaluronic acid-g-stearic acid micelles for targeted cancer therapy
WO2007040469A2 (en) Chloroquine coupled compositions and methods for their synthesis
Rahman et al. Superbranched polyglycerol nanostructures as drug delivery and theranostics tools for cancer treatment
Dandekar et al. Cellular delivery of polynucleotides by cationic cyclodextrin polyrotaxanes
Kharwade et al. Toxicity and surface modification of dendrimers: a critical review
JP2011524446A (en) Chitosan oligosaccharide fatty acid graft product modified with polyglycol, its preparation method and use thereof
Wang et al. Dual-responsive nanoparticles based on oxidized pullulan and a disulfide-containing poly (β-amino) ester for efficient delivery of genes and chemotherapeutic agents targeting hepatoma
CN101991862B (en) Cyclodextrin-polyethyleneimine-mediated supramolecular delivery system and preparation method
US20080051323A1 (en) Chloroquine drug compositions and methods for their synthesis
Liu et al. The development of a redox-sensitive curcumin conjugated chitosan oligosaccharide nanocarrier for the efficient delivery of docetaxel to glioma cells
US20060040879A1 (en) Chloroquine coupled nucleic acids and methods for their synthesis
WO2008007932A1 (en) Chitosan complex containing ph sensitive imidazole group and preparation method thereof
Rai et al. Functionalisation of dendrimers
Su et al. Facile synthesis of a degradable poly (ethylene glycol) platform with tunable acid sensitivity at physiologically relevant pH
RU2288921C2 (en) Inclusion complexes-containing compositions
CN107397962A (en) A kind of poly- (L lysines) VAPG nucleic acid carriers of glucan g and its preparation method and application
Semwal et al. Dendrimers: A novel approach for drug targeting
Rivas et al. Chemically modified chitosan for biomolecule delivery

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION